WO2011162217A1 - Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display - Google Patents

Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011162217A1
WO2011162217A1 PCT/JP2011/064082 JP2011064082W WO2011162217A1 WO 2011162217 A1 WO2011162217 A1 WO 2011162217A1 JP 2011064082 W JP2011064082 W JP 2011064082W WO 2011162217 A1 WO2011162217 A1 WO 2011162217A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ring
substituent
group
resin composition
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2011/064082
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
宗賢 藤原
迫 直樹
祥平 蓼沼
靖 志賀
石田 美織
Original Assignee
三菱化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 三菱化学株式会社 filed Critical 三菱化学株式会社
Priority to KR1020127022592A priority Critical patent/KR20130091629A/en
Priority to JP2012521468A priority patent/JP5915526B2/en
Priority to CN201180030503.8A priority patent/CN102947733B/en
Publication of WO2011162217A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011162217A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B11/00Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
    • C09B11/04Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes derived from triarylmethanes, i.e. central C-atom is substituted by amino, cyano, alkyl
    • C09B11/10Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes
    • C09B11/12Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes without any OH group bound to an aryl nucleus
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B11/00Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
    • C09B11/04Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes derived from triarylmethanes, i.e. central C-atom is substituted by amino, cyano, alkyl
    • C09B11/26Triarylmethane dyes in which at least one of the aromatic nuclei is heterocyclic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B23/00Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes
    • C09B23/02Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes the polymethine chain containing an odd number of >CH- or >C[alkyl]- groups
    • C09B23/06Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes the polymethine chain containing an odd number of >CH- or >C[alkyl]- groups three >CH- groups, e.g. carbocyanines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0001Post-treatment of organic pigments or dyes
    • C09B67/0004Coated particulate pigments or dyes
    • C09B67/0008Coated particulate pigments or dyes with organic coatings
    • C09B67/0013Coated particulate pigments or dyes with organic coatings with polymeric coatings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/02Dyestuff salts, e.g. salts of acid dyes with basic dyes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/201Filters in the form of arrays
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0045Photosensitive materials with organic non-macromolecular light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. dissolution inhibitors
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/30Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission
    • H10K59/38Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission comprising colour filters or colour changing media [CCM]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133509Filters, e.g. light shielding masks
    • G02F1/133514Colour filters

Definitions

  • the present invention resides in a colored resin composition, a color filter, a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL display.
  • a color liquid crystal display device includes, as an example, a black matrix, a colored layer composed of a plurality of colors (usually three primary colors of red (R), green (G), and blue (B)), a transparent electrode, and an alignment layer.
  • the provided color filter substrate, a thin film transistor (TFT element), a counter electrode substrate provided with a pixel electrode and an alignment layer, and these substrates are opposed to each other with a predetermined gap, sealed with a sealing member, and liquid crystal is placed in the gap.
  • TFT element thin film transistor
  • TFT element counter electrode substrate provided with a pixel electrode and an alignment layer, and these substrates are opposed to each other with a predetermined gap, sealed with a sealing member, and liquid crystal is placed in the gap.
  • a transmissive liquid crystal display device that is roughly configured from a liquid crystal layer formed by injecting a material.
  • a reflective liquid crystal display device in which a reflective layer is provided between the color filter substrate and the colored layer.
  • an organic EL display has an organic EL element having a structure in which an organic EL light emitting layer is sandwiched between an anode and a cathode.
  • color display is possible using the organic EL element.
  • CCM method that combines an organic EL element that emits blue light and a color conversion layer (CCM layer) that performs color conversion from blue to green and blue to red, respectively.
  • the method of (1) is characterized in that high color reproducibility can be exhibited because organic EL elements of each color are used. Therefore, by placing color filters corresponding to the organic EL elements of each color, improvement in color reproducibility and improvement in contrast by absorbing reflected light can be expected. .
  • the combination method of the white organic EL and the color filter in (2) and the CCM method in (3) may use only one type of organic EL element that emits light of the same color. Unlike the EL display, it is not necessary to align the characteristics of the organic EL elements of each color, and the number of processes and materials can be reduced.
  • an organic EL device using a color filter and a color conversion method comprising a color conversion filter and an organic light emitter as constituent elements
  • heat resistance required in the color display manufacturing process weather resistance when used as a display
  • color filters created by the pigment dispersion method are the mainstream, and red, blue, or green pigments in the photosensitive resin solution have a particle size of 1 ⁇ m or less.
  • Non-patent Document 1 a method of finely dispersing the particle size of pigment particles to 1/2 or less of the coloration wavelength is known (Non-patent Document 1). Is shorter in coloration wavelength than other red and green pigments, and in this case, further fine dispersion is required, resulting in problems of cost increase and stability after dispersion.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a color filter provided with a blue filter layer containing C-I Acid Blue 83 (triallylamine-based color material) and C-I Solvent Blue 67 (copper phthalocyanine-based color material). Are listed.
  • Patent Document 2 describes a color filter using a polymer containing a polymerizable triphenylmethane dye represented by the following formula.
  • At least one of R 1 in the above formula is a specific polymerizable group containing a carbon-carbon double bond
  • Patent Document 3 also describes a colored resin composition containing a color material represented by a specific structure.
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-14222 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-162429 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2009-235392
  • An object of this invention is to provide the colored resin composition which satisfy
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a color filter excellent in color purity and transmittance (brightness) of a blue pixel, an organic EL display with good blue purity, and a liquid crystal display device by using such a colored resin composition. To do.
  • the present inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by using a salt composed of a compound having a specific structure as a dye for forming a blue pixel of a color filter. That is, the first gist of the present invention resides in the colored resin composition shown in the following [1] to [3] (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “first colored resin composition”). [1] containing (A) a dye, (B) a solvent and (C) a binder resin, (A) A colored resin composition, wherein the dye contains a compound represented by the following formula (I).
  • (Z 1 ) m1- represents an m1-valent disulfonylimide anion.
  • m1 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. Adjacent R 1 to R 6 may be linked to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • R 7 and R 8 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. R 7 and R 8 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • the benzene ring in the above formula (I) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
  • R 101 and R 102 have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent.
  • R 101 and R 102 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • R 1 to R 8 , R 101 and R 102 have the same definitions as in the formula (I).
  • the benzene ring in the above formula (I-1) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have R 21 and R 22 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • [3] The colored resin composition according to [2], wherein at least one of R 21 and R 22 is a group containing a fluorine atom.
  • the second gist of the present invention resides in the colored resin composition shown in the following [4] to [6] (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “second colored resin composition”).
  • [4] containing (A) a dye, (B) a solvent and (C) a binder resin, (A) A colored resin composition, wherein the dye contains a compound represented by the following formula (II).
  • (Z 2 ) m2- represents an m2-valent disulfonylimide anion.
  • m2 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • R 11 to R 16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. Adjacent R 11 to R 16 may be linked to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • R 17 and R 18 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. R 17 and R 18 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • the benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
  • R 11 to R 18 are the same as defined in the formula (II).
  • the benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II-1) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
  • R 31 and R 32 are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent.
  • a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have R 31 and R 32 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • [6] The colored resin composition according to the above [5], wherein at least one of R 31 and R 32 is a group containing a fluorine atom.
  • the third gist of the present invention resides in the colored resin composition shown in the following [7] to [9] (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “third colored resin composition”).
  • [7] containing (A) a dye, (B) a solvent, and (C) a binder resin, (A) A colored resin composition, wherein the dye contains a compound represented by the following formula (III).
  • (Z 3 ) m3- represents an m3-valent disulfonylimide anion.
  • m3 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • q represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • R 501 and R 502 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 51 and R 52 each independently represents —O—, —S—, —N—, —Se— or —CR 503 R 504 —.
  • R 503 and R 504 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 503 may be linked to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • Rings Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an optionally substituted benzene ring or naphthalene ring. However, the benzene ring and naphthalene ring in the rings Y 1 and Y 2 do not have a nitro group or a perfluoro group as a substituent.
  • R 41 and R 42 each independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. And a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have R 41 and R 42 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • the fourth gist of the present invention resides in the colored resin composition shown in the following [10] to [12] (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “fourth colored resin composition”).
  • [10] containing (A) a dye, (B) a solvent, and (C) a binder resin, (A)
  • the dye contains a counter ion composed of a cation and an anion, the molecular weight of the anion is 150 or more and 600 or less, and the counter ion satisfies the following formulas (1) to (3):
  • a colored resin composition containing (A) a dye, (B) a solvent, and (C) a binder resin, (A)
  • the dye contains a counter ion composed of a cation and an anion, the molecular weight of the anion is 150 or more and 600 or less, and the counter ion satisfies the following formulas (1) to (3):
  • a colored resin composition containing (A) a dye, (B) a solvent,
  • IP cation represents the ionization potential of the cation
  • EA cation represents the electron affinity of the cation
  • IP anion represents the ionization potential (hartree) of the anion
  • EA anion represents the electron affinity of the anion.
  • R 61 to R 66 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic ring group which may be substituted. Adjacent R 61 to R 66 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. R 67 and R 68 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. R 67 and R 68 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. Further, the benzene ring in the above formula (I-2) CA may further have an arbitrary substituent.
  • R 601 and R 602 have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic ring group which may be substituted, or a fluorine atom. R 601 and R 602 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. ) [12] The colored resin composition according to [10], wherein the cation is represented by the following formula (II-2) CA.
  • R 71 to R 76 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring which may have a substituent. Represents a group. Adjacent R 71 to R 76 may be linked to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. R 77 and R 78 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. R 77 and R 88 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. Further, the benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II-2) CA may further have an arbitrary substituent. )
  • the colored resin composition shown in the above [1] to [12] further contains (D) a polymerizable monomer, (E) at least one of a photopolymerization initiation component and a thermal polymerization initiation component, and (F) a pigment. May be.
  • the present invention also resides in a color filter including pixels formed using the colored resin composition of the present invention, a liquid crystal display device, and an organic EL display.
  • the “colored resin composition of the present invention” is a general term for the “first to fourth colored resin compositions”.
  • a color filter having heat resistance required in the color display manufacturing process and excellent in color purity and transmittance of a blue pixel can be obtained.
  • the light emission of the organic EL display and the light emission of the backlight of the color filter can be taken out efficiently, and a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL display that achieve both high color reproducibility and high luminance.
  • the contrast of the liquid crystal display device can be improved.
  • (meth) acryl means “acryl and / or methacryl”, “acrylate and / or methacrylate” and the like, for example, “(meth) acrylic acid” "Means” acrylic acid and / or methacrylic acid ".
  • total solid content means all components of the colored resin composition of the present invention other than the solvent components described later.
  • C. I. Means a color index.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention contains (A) a dye, (B) a solvent, and (C) a binder resin, and the (A) dye is any one of the following (a) to (d): To do. In any case, heat resistance is particularly superior to conventional dye compounds.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (I) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (I)”) is contained.
  • (Z 1 ) m1- represents an m1-valent disulfonylimide anion.
  • m1 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. Adjacent R 1 to R 6 may be linked to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • R 7 and R 8 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. R 7 and R 8 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • the benzene ring in the above formula (I) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
  • R 101 and R 102 have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent.
  • R 101 and R 102 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • (Z 2 ) m2- represents an m2-valent disulfonylimide anion.
  • m2 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • R 11 to R 16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. Adjacent R 11 to R 16 may be linked to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • R 17 and R 18 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. R 17 and R 18 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • the benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
  • (Z 3 ) m3- represents an m3-valent disulfonylimide anion.
  • m3 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • q represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • R 501 and R 502 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 51 and R 52 each independently represents —O—, —S—, —N—, —Se— or —CR 503 R 504 —.
  • R 503 and R 504 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 503 may be linked to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • Rings Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an optionally substituted benzene ring or naphthalene ring. However, the benzene ring and naphthalene ring in the rings Y 1 and Y 2 do not have a nitro group or a perfluoro group as a substituent.
  • the dye contains a counter ion comprising a cation and an anion, the anion has a molecular weight of 150 to 600, and the counter ion satisfies the following formulas (1) to (3) , Sometimes referred to as “compound (IV)”.
  • IP cation represents the ionization potential of the cation
  • EA cation represents the electron affinity of the cation
  • IP anion represents the ionization potential (hartree) of the anion
  • EA anion represents the electron affinity of the anion.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention contains (A) a dye, (B) a solvent, and (C) a binder resin, preferably (D) a polymerizable monomer, (E) a photopolymerization initiating component, and / or thermal polymerization. Including the starting component, (F) pigment, and other components added as necessary.
  • Structural features of the compounds represented by the formulas (I) to (III) are as follows.
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (I) to (III) contained in the dye (A) in the present invention form a counter ion.
  • the properties of the cation and the anion affect the physical properties, particularly the heat resistance. This is due to the higher reactivity of cations and anions having a bias in charge than neutral molecules. Therefore, it is presumed that the heat resistance of the dye can be improved by reducing the reactivity of the cation and the anion. That is, in the cation and the anion, it is considered that the reactivity is lowered by delocalizing the electric charge and the heat resistance is improved.
  • a disulfonylimide anion is used as the anion.
  • the disulfonylimide anion is easy to produce because the ionic species is a sulfonamide group.
  • the anion is relatively stable.
  • the disulfonamide has a fluorine-containing substituent. In this case, it is considered that the anion is pulled toward the fluorine-containing substituent, whereby electric charges are dispersed as a whole molecule and a more stable structure is obtained.
  • none of the anions in the present invention absorbs in the visible region. Therefore, the influence on the transmittance (luminance) is small.
  • the color filter obtained by using the colored resin composition of the present invention has both transmittance (luminance) and heat resistance.
  • the 1st coloring resin composition of this invention contains the compound represented by following formula (I) as (A) dye.
  • the compound represented by the following formula (I) is excellent in heat resistance, and particularly preferable in terms of excellent blue purity and transmittance.
  • (Z 1 ) m1- represents an m1-valent disulfonylimide anion.
  • m1 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. Adjacent R 1 to R 6 may be linked to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • R 7 and R 8 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. R 7 and R 8 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • the benzene ring in the above formula (I) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
  • R 101 and R 102 have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent.
  • R 101 and R 102 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
  • alkyl group in R 1 to R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups, and the number of carbon atoms is usually 1 or more, and usually 8 or less, preferably 5 or less. . Specific examples include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, 2-propyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, cyclohexyl group and the like.
  • Examples of the aromatic ring group in R 1 to R 6 include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring, and is not particularly limited as long as it has 5 to 18 carbon atoms to form the ring. Benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, fluorene ring, and the like.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, and is not particularly limited as long as the number of carbon atoms forming the ring is 3 to 10.
  • one free atom Have a furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, oxadiazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole Ring, thienothiophene ring, furopyrrole ring, furofuran ring, thienofuran ring, benzisoxazole ring, benzisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine
  • Adjacent R 1 to R 6 may be linked to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • the ring may be a ring bridged with a heteroatom, and specific examples thereof include the following structures.
  • R 1 to R 6 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It is a good phenyl group, or when adjacent R 1 to R 6 are connected to each other to form a ring. From the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance of the dye and the heat resistance of the resulting color filter being excellent, more preferably, it may have a C 1-8 alkyl group or substituent which may have a substituent. It is a phenyl group.
  • R 1 to R 6 are an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, it is presumed that the charges in the cation are dispersed by hyperconjugation and the cation is stabilized. Further, when R 1 to R 6 are phenyl groups which may have a substituent, the conjugated system is extended, so that the charge in the cation is dispersed and the cation is stabilized. As described above, it can be considered that as a result of stabilization of the cation, the heat resistance of the obtained color filter is further improved.
  • Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group, the aromatic ring group, and the ring formed by being linked to each other in R 1 to R 6 may have include the following (substituent group W).
  • (Substituent group W) Fluorine atom, chlorine atom, alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, phenyl group, mesityl group, tolyl group, naphthyl group, cyano group, acetyloxy Group, alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms, sulfonic acid amide group, sulfonealkylamide group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms, alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms, phenethyl group, hydroxyethyl group, acetylamide group, A dialkylaminoethyl group formed by bonding an alkyl group
  • the alkyl group, aromatic ring group, and ring formed by connecting to each other in R 1 to R 6 may have, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, 2 to An alkoxyl group having 8 carbon atoms, a cyano group, an acetyloxy group, an alkyl carboxyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid amide group, a sulfone alkylamide group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a fluorine atom.
  • R 7 and R 8 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent.
  • the optional substituent include a halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an optionally substituted aromatic ring group.
  • the o-position does not have a substituent or is substituted with a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of small steric hindrance.
  • R 7 and R 8 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • substituent group W examples include those described in the above section (Substituent group W).
  • R 7 and R 8 are linked to form a ring, these may be a ring bridged with a heteroatom.
  • Examples of the structure of the linking moiety of R 7 and R 8 include the following. The structure of these connecting portions may have a substituent.
  • R 7 and R 8 are not connected to each other to form a ring from the viewpoint of high luminance.
  • the obtained color filter is purple, and from the viewpoint of high brightness, it is preferable that they are connected to each other to form a ring.
  • R 101 and R 102 have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent.
  • Examples of the alkyl group and the aromatic ring group include those described in the above section (for R 1 to R 6 ).
  • Examples of the alkenyl group include those having usually 2 or more and usually 6 or less carbon atoms. Specific examples include vinyl group, allyl group, 1-butenyl group and the like.
  • R 101 and R 102 are connected to form a part of the ring, so that R 101 and R 102 are in a plane composed of the benzene ring adjacent to the sp2 carbon atom at the center of the triarylmethane structure. Since the bonded benzene rings have a twisted positional relationship, they have blue absorption, which improves the spectral characteristics of the colored resin composition for color filters using the same, and easily improves the contrast of the blue display member. Is preferable. Examples of the structure of the connecting portion of R 101 and R 102 include the following.
  • the structure of the connecting part of R 101 and R 102 may have a substituent.
  • substituent group W include those described in the above section (Substituent group W).
  • the benzene ring in the above formula (I) may further have an arbitrary substituent. That is, it may have substituents other than those specified in formula (I) within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention, but it is specified in formula (I) because it is easy to produce. It is preferable not to have any other substituent. Examples of such a substituent include the substituents described in the above section (Substituent Group W).
  • R 1 to R 8 , R 101 and R 102 have the same definitions as in the formula (I).
  • the benzene ring in the above formula (I-1) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have R 21 and R 22 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have R 21 and R 22 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may further have a substituent.
  • substituent which the alkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkyl group and ring formed by connecting to each other in R 21 and R 22 may have include those described in the above (Substituent group W) section. Can be mentioned.
  • the substituent of the alkyl group alkenyl group or cycloalkyl group in R 21 and R 22 , the substituent of the fluorine atom is substituted in that the anion charge is more delocalized and the heat resistance of the dye is improved. It is preferable to have as.
  • R 21 and R 22 are preferably a group containing a fluorine atom, particularly a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, in that the anion charge is dispersed and the anion is stabilized.
  • R 21 and R 22 are preferably a group containing a fluorine atom, particularly a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, in that the anion charge is dispersed and the anion is stabilized.
  • an anion in the compound represented by the formula (I-1) that is, an anion represented by the following formula (I-1) A (hereinafter, represented by the formula (I-1)
  • the “anion in the compound” is sometimes referred to as a compound represented by the following formula (I′-1) A.
  • n and n ′ are an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4.
  • n and n ′ may be the same or different.
  • Specific examples of the sulfonylimide anion when n and n ′ are the same include bis (trifluoromethanesulfone) imide, bis (pentafluorobutanesulfone) imide and the like.
  • sulfonylimide anion when n and n ′ are different include pentafluoroethanesulfone trifluoromethanesulfonimide, trifluoromethanesulfone heptafluoropropanesulfonimide, fluorobutanesulfone trifluoromethanesulfonimide, and the like.
  • R 21 and R 22 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • the group formed by linking R 21 and R 22 is particularly preferably a fluoroalkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. That is, the anion in the compound represented by the formula (I-1) is preferably an anion represented by the following formula (I′-2) A.
  • n ′′ represents an integer of 2 to 12
  • n ′′ is preferably 2 to 8 and more preferably 3 in terms of good heat resistance.
  • a dimer or a trimer may be formed by extending a linker from R 1 to R 6 and R 101 and R 102 .
  • the molecular weight of the compound represented by the formula (I) in the present invention is usually 570 or more, preferably 840 or more, and usually 2600 or less. It is preferable that it is within the above-mentioned range in terms of good solubility in a solvent and easy production.
  • the compound represented by the formula (I) is preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 5% by weight in the total solid content.
  • the content is preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 30% by weight or less. It is preferable for it to be less than or equal to the above upper limit because the curability of the coating film is unlikely to decrease and the film strength is sufficient. Moreover, since it is sufficient for coloring power to be more than the said minimum, since the chromaticity of a desired density
  • the content of all (A) dyes in the first colored resin composition is preferably 1% by weight or more, or preferably 30% by weight or less in the composition.
  • the content of compound (I) is preferably 30% by weight or more in the solid content of all (A) dyes.
  • the 2nd colored resin composition of this invention is preferable at the point which is excellent in the heat resistance of the color filter obtained, and has the high transmittance
  • (Z 2 ) m2- represents an m2-valent disulfonylimide anion.
  • m2 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • R 11 to R 16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. Adjacent R 11 to R 16 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • R 17 and R 18 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. R 17 and R 18 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • the benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
  • R 11 to R 16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and the aromatic ring group are the same as those described in the above section (for R 1 to R 6 ).
  • the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • adjacent R 11 to R 16 that is, R 11 and R 12 , R 13 and R 14, and R 15 and R 16 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring is substituted. It may have a group.
  • R 11 to R 16 When adjacent R 11 to R 16 are connected to form a ring, these may be a ring bridged with a heteroatom. Specific examples of this ring are the same as those described in the above section (for R 1 to R 6 ). The preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • R 17 and R 18 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent.
  • the optional substituent include those described in the above section (for R 7 and R 8 ).
  • the o-position does not have a substituent or is substituted with a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 17 and R 18 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • substituent group W examples include those described in the above section (Substituent group W).
  • R 17 and R 18 are connected to each other to form a ring, these may be a ring bridged with a heteroatom, and specific examples thereof are described in the above-mentioned (for R 7 and R 8 ). It is the same as that.
  • the obtained color filter is purple, it is preferable that R 7 and R 8 are not connected to each other to form a ring from the viewpoint of high luminance.
  • the color filter to be obtained is red, it is preferable that they are connected to each other to form a ring from the viewpoint of high luminance.
  • R 11 to R 18 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms substituted with a fluorine atom, from the viewpoint of excellent heat resistance of the obtained color filter.
  • R 11 to R 18 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms substituted with a fluorine atom, from the viewpoint of excellent heat resistance of the obtained color filter.
  • the benzene ring and indole ring in the formula (II) may further have a substituent. That is, it may have a substituent other than that specified in formula (II) as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, but from the viewpoint of easy production, other than those specified in formula (II) It is preferable not to have the above substituent. Examples of such a substituent include the substituents described in the above section (Substituent Group W).
  • the compound represented by the formula (II) may be formed into a dimer or trimer by extending a linker from R 11 to R 18 , for example.
  • R 11 to R 18 are the same as defined in the formula (II).
  • the benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II-1) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
  • R 31 and R 32 are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent.
  • a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have R 31 and R 32 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • R 31 and R 32 are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. And a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have R 31 and R 32 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • R 31 and R 32 are the same as R 21 and R 22 in the formula (I-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same. That is, the anion in the compound represented by the formula (II-1) is preferably an anion represented by the formula (I′-1) A or (I′-2) A.
  • the molecular weight of the compound represented by the formula (II) in the present invention is usually 600 or more, preferably 750 or more, and usually 2800 or less. It is preferable that it is within the above-mentioned range in terms of good solubility in a solvent and easy production.
  • the compound represented by the formula (II) is preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 5% by weight in the total solid content.
  • the content is preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 30% by weight or less. It is preferable for it to be less than or equal to the above upper limit because the curability of the coating film is unlikely to decrease and the film strength is sufficient.
  • it is sufficient for coloring power to be more than the said minimum since it is sufficient for coloring power to be more than the said minimum, since the chromaticity of a desired density
  • the 2nd coloring resin composition of this invention only 1 type of compound (II) may be contained as (A) dye, and 2 or more types may be contained. Furthermore, one or more of other dyes may be contained, but the content of all (A) dyes in the second colored resin composition is preferably 1% by weight or more in the composition. Or preferably 30% by weight or less. In the second colored resin composition of the present invention, the content of the compound (II) is preferably 30% by weight or more in the solid content of the total (A) dye.
  • the 3rd coloring resin composition of this invention contains the compound represented by following formula (III) as (A) dye.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (III) is preferable in that the heat resistance and transmittance of the obtained color filter are excellent.
  • (Z 3 ) m3- represents an m3-valent disulfonylimide anion.
  • m3 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • q represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • R 501 and R 502 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 51 and R 52 each independently represents —O—, —S—, —N—, —Se— or —CR 503 R 504 —.
  • R 503 and R 504 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 503 may be linked to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • Rings Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an optionally substituted benzene ring or naphthalene ring. However, the benzene ring and naphthalene ring in the rings Y 1 and Y 2 do not have a nitro group or a perfluoro group as a substituent.
  • (About q) q is an integer of 1 to 5, and 1 to 3 is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of good heat resistance of the dye.
  • R 501 and R 502 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a vinyl group, an ethynyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an isopropenyl group, a 1-propenyl group, a 2-propenyl group, a 2-propynyl group, a butyl group, Isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, 2-butenyl group, 1,3-butadienyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, 1-methylpentyl group, 2-methylpentyl group 2-pentene-4-ynyl group, hexyl group, iso
  • Examples of the substituent that the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have include, for example, a phenyl group, o-tolyl group, m-tolyl group, p-tolyl group, xylyl group, mesityl group, o-cumenyl group, aromatic hydrocarbon groups such as m-cumenyl group and p-cumenyl group; methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, isopropoxy group, butoxy group, isobutoxy group, sec-butoxy group, tert-butoxy group, pentyloxy group, Examples include alkoxy groups such as phenoxy group and benzyloxy group; halogen groups such as fluoro group, chloro group, bromo group and iodo group; and further, carboxy group, nitro group, cyano group and the like.
  • R 501 and R 502 are each preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent that R 501 and R 502 may have include those described in the above section (Substituent group W).
  • R 51 and R 52 each independently represents —O—, —S—, —N—, —Se— or —CR 503 R 504 —.
  • R 503 and R 504 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 51 and R 52 are —CR 503 R 504 —, R 503s may be connected to each other to form a ring. Examples of the structure of the connecting portion of R 51 and R 52 include the following, but the present invention is not limited to these.
  • Rings Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an optionally substituted benzene ring or naphthalene ring.
  • a nitro group and a perfluoroalkyl group are excluded as substituents that the benzene ring and naphthalene ring in the rings Y 1 and Y 2 may have. This is because when the compound represented by the formula (III) has a nitro group or a perfluoroalkyl group as a substituent, it easily forms an aggregate in the composition or film, and the color obtained therefrom This is because the brightness of the filter tends to decrease.
  • nitro groups and perfluoroalkyl groups are easy to accept electrons from surrounding molecules, and as a result, the compounds represented by the formula (III) are likely to be decomposed, and the heat resistance of the color filter obtained using them is improved. This is because it tends to decrease.
  • the compound represented by the formula (III) may form a dimer or trimer from R 51 , R 52 , R 501 and R 502 by extending a linker.
  • the cation moiety has a cis-trans isomer, but any isomer may be used.
  • R 41 and R 42 each independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. And a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have R 41 and R 42 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • R 41 and R 42 each independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. And a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have R 41 and R 42 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • R 41 and R 42 are the same as R 21 and R 22 in the formula (I-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • R 41 and R 42 are preferably a group having a fluorine atom from the viewpoint that the charge of the anion is dispersed and the anion is stabilized, and particularly a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. It is preferable. That is, the anion in the compound represented by the formula (III-1) is preferably an anion represented by the formula (I′-1) A or (I′-2) A.
  • the molecular weight of the compound represented by the formula (III) in the present invention is usually 550 or more, preferably 600 or more, and usually 2100 or less. It is preferable that it is within the above-mentioned range in terms of good solubility in a solvent and easy production.
  • the compound represented by the formula (III) is preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 5% by weight in the total solid content.
  • the content is preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 30% by weight or less. It is preferable for it to be less than or equal to the above upper limit because the curability of the coating film is unlikely to decrease and the film strength is sufficient. Moreover, since it is sufficient for coloring power to be more than the said minimum, since the chromaticity of a desired density
  • the 3rd coloring resin composition of this invention only 1 type of compound (III) may be contained as (A) dye, and 2 or more types may be contained. Furthermore, one or more of other dyes may be contained, but the content of all (A) dyes in the third colored resin composition is preferably 1% by weight or more in the composition. Or preferably 30% by weight or less. In the third colored resin composition of the present invention, the content of the compound (III) is preferably 30% by weight or more in the solid content of the total (A) dye.
  • the (A) dye contained in the fourth colored resin composition of the present invention contains a counter ion composed of a cation and an anion, the molecular weight of the anion is 150 or more and 600 or less, and the counter ion is represented by the following formula: Compound (IV) that satisfies the relationships (1) to (3).
  • IP cation represents the ionization potential of the cation
  • EA cation represents the electron affinity of the cation
  • IP anion represents the ionization potential (hartree) of the anion
  • EA anion represents the electron affinity of the anion.
  • Equation (2) represents the degree of electron localization in the cation in the counter ion
  • Equation (3) represents the degree of electron localization in the anion in the counter ion.
  • the anion and cation having closer electron localization tend to have stronger interaction between the anion and cation. That is, the formula (1) indicates a difference in the degree of localization between the anion and the cation, and means that the combinations are closer to each other.
  • the molecular weight of the anion is set to 150 or more and 600 or less.
  • the compound (IV) of the present invention may be appropriately selected from known materials so that the molecular weight of the anion is 150 or more and 600 or less and satisfies the above (1) to (3). .
  • the ionization potential and the electron affinity are optimized for the molecular structure at the calculation level of HF / 6-31G (D), and the obtained HOMO and LUMO energies are converted into the ionization potential and the electron affinity, respectively. (Hartley). In calculating the ionization potential and the electron affinity, cations and anions are calculated separately.
  • a dye satisfying the above formula (3) is selected from the dyes described in “Industrial Dyes—Chemistry, Properties, Applications— (Wiley-VCH, 2003, edited by Klaus Hunger)”. More specifically, compounds having a dye skeleton (Chromophore) such as triarylmethanes, cyanines, styryls and azines can be mentioned, and can be appropriately selected depending on a desired color.
  • a dye skeleton Chromophore
  • the anion candidates may be selected from the formula (2) and those having a molecular weight of 150 or more and 600 or less so as to satisfy the formula (1) in relation to the cation.
  • the molecular weight of the anion is usually 150 or more, preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more, and usually 600 or less, preferably 500 or less. Within the above range, it is preferable in that the effect of the present invention can be obtained satisfactorily.
  • the molecular weight of the compound (IV) in the present invention is preferably 570 or more, more preferably 600 or more, and usually 3000 or less. It is preferable that it is within the above-mentioned range in terms of good solubility in a solvent and easy production.
  • the cation is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (I-2) CA or (II-2) CA.
  • R 61 to R 66 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic ring group which may be substituted. Adjacent R 61 to R 66 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. R 67 and R 68 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. R 67 and R 68 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. Further, the benzene ring in the above formula (I-2) CA may further have an arbitrary substituent.
  • R 601 and R 602 have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic ring group which may be substituted, or a fluorine atom. R 601 and R 602 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. )
  • R 71 to R 76 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring which may have a substituent. Represents a group. Adjacent R 71 to R 76 may be linked to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. R 77 and R 78 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. R 77 and R 88 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. Further, the benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II-2) CA may further have an arbitrary substituent. )
  • the embodiments of the compound represented by the above formula (I-2) CA and (II-2) CA are the cation in [compound represented by formula (I)] and the [compound represented by formula (II)], respectively. This is the same as the embodiment of the cation in.
  • the preferred embodiment is also the same. That is, R 61 to R 66 in the compound represented by the formula (I-2) CA are cation R 1 to R 6 , R 67 and R 68 in [Compound represented by the formula (I)]. , R 7 and R 8 and R 601 and R 602 are the same as the embodiments of R 101 and R 102 , respectively.
  • R 71 to R 76 in the compound represented by the formula (II-2) CA are cation R 11 to R 16 in the [compound represented by the formula (II)], and R 77 and R 88 are R
  • Each of the embodiments 17 and R 18 is the same.
  • the compound represented by the formula (I) and the compound represented by the formula (II) preferably further satisfy the relations of the formulas (1) to (3).
  • the compound (IV) is preferably added in an amount of 1% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, particularly preferably 5% by weight or more, based on the total solid content. 50 wt% or less, more preferably 40 wt% or less, particularly preferably 30 wt% or less. It is preferable for it to be less than or equal to the above upper limit because the curability of the coating film is unlikely to decrease and the film strength is sufficient. Moreover, since it is sufficient for coloring power to be more than the said minimum, since the chromaticity of a desired density
  • the 4th colored resin composition of this invention only 1 type of compound (IV) may be contained as (A) dye, and 2 or more types may be contained. Furthermore, one or more of other dyes may be contained, but the content of all (A) dyes in the first colored resin composition is preferably 1% by weight or more in the composition. Or preferably 30% by weight or less. In addition, in the 4th colored resin composition of this invention, it is preferable that content of compound (IV) is 30 weight% or more in solid content of all the (A) dyes.
  • (C) Binder resin What preferable binder resin changes with the hardening means of a colored resin composition.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention is a photopolymerizable resin composition
  • examples of the (C) binder resin include, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 7-207211, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-259876, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 10-300922, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 11-14144, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 11-174224, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2000-56118, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-233179, etc.
  • (C-1) An unsaturated monobasic acid is added to at least a part of the epoxy group of the copolymer with respect to the copolymer of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and another radical polymerizable monomer.
  • an alkali-soluble resin hereinafter referred to as “resin (C-1)” obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to at least a part of a hydroxyl group generated by the addition reaction or the hydroxyl group generated by the addition reaction.
  • (C-2) Carboxyl group-containing linear alkali-soluble resin (C-2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “resin (C-2)”)
  • C-3) A resin obtained by adding an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound to the carboxyl group portion of the resin (C-2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “resin (C-3)”).
  • C-4) (Meth) acrylic resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “resin (C-4)”)
  • C-5) Epoxy acrylate resin having a carboxyl group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “resin (C-5)”)
  • the resin (C-1) is particularly preferable, and the resin will be described below.
  • the resins (C-2) to (C-5) may be anything as long as they are dissolved by an alkaline developer and are soluble to the extent that the intended development processing is performed. This is the same as that described as the same item in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-025813. The preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • (C-1) An unsaturated monobasic acid is added to at least a part of the epoxy group of the copolymer with respect to the copolymer of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and another radical polymerizable monomer.
  • an epoxy group Unsaturated in 10 to 100 mol% of the epoxy groups of the copolymer with respect to a copolymer of 5 to 90 mol% of (meth) acrylate and 10 to 95 mol% of other radical polymerizable monomer examples thereof include a resin obtained by adding a monobasic acid, or an alkali-soluble resin obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to 10 to 100 mol% of a hydroxyl group generated by the addition reaction.
  • epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate examples include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl (meth) acrylate, (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate. ) Acrylate glycidyl ether and the like. Of these, glycidyl (meth) acrylate is preferred. These epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the other radical polymerizable monomer copolymerized with the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • vinyl aromatics, dienes, (meth) Examples include acrylic acid esters, (meth) acrylic acid amides, vinyl compounds, unsaturated dicarboxylic acid diesters, monomaleimides, and the like, and in particular, mono (meth) having a structure represented by the following formula (7) Acrylate is preferred.
  • the repeating unit derived from mono (meth) acrylate having a structure represented by the following formula (7) contains 5 to 90 mol% of repeating units derived from “other radical polymerizable monomers”. Those containing 10 to 70 mol% are more preferable, and those containing 15 to 50 mol% are particularly preferable.
  • R 89 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 90 represents a structure represented by the following formula (8).
  • R 91 to R 98 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • R 96 and R 98 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring formed by connecting R 96 and R 98 is preferably an aliphatic ring, which may be saturated or unsaturated, and preferably has 5 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the mono (meth) acrylate which has a structure represented by the said Formula (8) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the heat resistance and strength excellent in the colored resin composition can be improved.
  • the content of the repeating unit derived from at least one selected from the above monomer group is preferably 1 to 70 mol%, more preferably 3 to 50 mol%.
  • the copolymer of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and the other radical polymerizable monomer may include 5 to 90 mol% of repeating units derived from the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate, and the like. Are preferably composed of 10 to 95 mol% of repeating units derived from the radical polymerizable monomer, more preferably 20 to 80 mol% of the former and 80 to 20 mol% of the latter, and 30 to Those composed of 70 mol% and the latter 70 to 30 mol% are particularly preferred.
  • the addition amount of the polymerizable component and alkali-soluble component described later is sufficient, and the heat resistance and the strength of the film are sufficient, which is preferable.
  • the unsaturated monobasic acid (polymerizable component) and further the polybasic acid anhydride (alkali-soluble component) are reacted with the epoxy group portion of the epoxy group-containing copolymer synthesized as described above.
  • unsaturated monobasic acid added to an epoxy group a well-known thing can be used,
  • unsaturated carboxylic acid which has an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is mentioned.
  • Specific examples include (meth) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-, m-, p-vinylbenzoic acid, ⁇ -position substituted with a haloalkyl group, an alkoxyl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, or a cyano group.
  • monocarboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid. Of these, (meth) acrylic acid is preferred. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. By adding such components, polymerizability can be imparted to the binder resin used in the present invention.
  • These unsaturated monobasic acids are usually added to 10 to 100 mol% of the epoxy group of the copolymer, preferably 30 to 100 mol%, more preferably 50 to 100 mol%. It is preferable for it to be in the above range since the colored resin composition is excellent in stability over time.
  • a well-known method is employable as a method of adding unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy group of a copolymer.
  • a well-known thing can be used as a polybasic acid anhydride added to the hydroxyl group produced when an unsaturated monobasic acid is added to the epoxy group of a copolymer.
  • dibasic acid anhydrides such as maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride; trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, benzophenone
  • examples thereof include anhydrides of three or more bases such as tetracarboxylic acid anhydride and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid anhydride.
  • succinic anhydride and tetrahydrophthalic anhydride are preferred.
  • These polybasic acid anhydrides may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. By adding such a component, alkali solubility can be imparted to the binder resin used in the present invention.
  • polybasic acid anhydrides are usually added to 10 to 100 mol% of the hydroxyl group generated by adding an unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy group of the copolymer, preferably 20 to 90 mol. %, More preferably 30 to 80 mol%. Within the above range, the remaining film ratio and solubility during development are sufficient, which is preferable.
  • a well-known method is employable as a method of adding a polybasic acid anhydride to the said hydroxyl group.
  • glycidyl (meth) acrylate or a glycidyl ether compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group is added to a part of the generated carboxyl group. May be.
  • the structure of such a resin is described in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-297366 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-89533.
  • the above-mentioned binder resin (C-1) has a polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) of preferably 3000 to 100,000, particularly preferably 5000 to 50,000. Within the above range, heat resistance, film strength, and solubility in a developer are preferable. Further, as a measure of molecular weight distribution, the ratio of weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 2.0 to 5.0.
  • the acid value of the binder resin (C-1) is usually 10 to 200 mg-KOH / g, preferably 15 to 150 mg-KOH / g, more preferably 25 to 100 mg-KOH / g. If the acid value is too low, the solubility in the developer may be reduced. Conversely, if it is too high, film roughening may occur.
  • the content of the binder resin (C) in the colored resin composition is usually 0.1 to 80% by weight, preferably 1 to 60% by weight, based on the total solid content. Within the above range, the adhesion to the substrate is good, the permeability of the developer to the exposed area is moderate, and the surface smoothness and sensitivity of the pixels are good.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention contains (B) a solvent as an essential component.
  • the solvent has a function of dissolving or dispersing each component contained in the colored resin composition and adjusting the viscosity.
  • the solvent (B) is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse each component constituting the colored resin composition, and it is preferable to select a solvent having a boiling point in the range of 100 to 200 ° C. More preferably, it has a boiling point of 120 to 170 ° C.
  • solvents include the following. Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol-mono t-butyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethylpentanol, propylene Glycol monoalkyl ethers such as glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether; Glycol dialkyl ethers such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl
  • Ethers such as diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, diisopropyl ether, diamyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, dihexyl ether; Ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diisopropyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methyl hexyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone; Mono- or polyhydric alcohols such as ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, glycerin
  • solvents corresponding to the above include mineral spirits, Valsol # 2, Apco # 18 solvent, Apco thinner, Soal Solvent No. 1 and no. 2, Solvesso # 150, Shell TS28, Solvent, Carbitol, Ethylcarbitol, Butylcarbitol, Methylcellosolve, Ethylcellosolve, Ethylcellosolve acetate, Methylcellosolve acetate, Diglyme (all trade names) and the like.
  • solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • glycol monoalkyl ethers are preferred from the viewpoint of the solubility of the dye (A) according to the present invention.
  • propylene glycol monomethyl ether is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of the solubility of various components in the composition.
  • glycolalkyl is further used as a solvent. It is more preferable to use a mixture of ether acetates. In a composition containing a pigment, glycol monoalkyl ethers have a high polarity, tend to aggregate the pigment, and may reduce storage stability such as increasing the viscosity of the colored resin composition. For this reason, it is preferable that the amount of glycol monoalkyl ether used is not excessively large.
  • the proportion of glycol monoalkyl ether in the solvent is preferably 5 to 50% by weight, more preferably 5 to 30% by weight. .
  • a solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher it is also preferable to use a solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher.
  • the content of such a high boiling point solvent is preferably 3 to 50% by weight, more preferably 5 to 40% by weight, and particularly preferably 5 to 30% by weight based on the total amount of the solvent (B). If the amount of the high-boiling solvent is too small, for example, a dye component may be precipitated and solidified at the tip of the slit nozzle to cause foreign matter defects, and if it is too much, the drying speed of the composition will be slowed down. There is a concern that the filter manufacturing process may cause problems such as tact defects in the vacuum drying process and pin marks of prebaking.
  • the solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher may be glycol alkyl ether acetates or glycol alkyl ethers. In this case, a solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher may not be included separately. .
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention may be used for color filter production by the ink jet method, but in color filter production by the ink jet method, the ink emitted from the nozzle is very small, from several to several tens pL. There is a tendency for the solvent to evaporate and the ink to concentrate and dry before landing on the periphery of the nozzle opening or in the pixel bank. In order to avoid this, it is preferable that the solvent has a high boiling point. Specifically, it is preferable that the solvent (B) contains a solvent having a boiling point of 180 ° C. or higher. In particular, it is preferable to contain a solvent having a boiling point of 200 ° C. or higher, particularly 220 ° C. or higher.
  • the high boiling point solvent whose boiling point is 180 degreeC or more is 50 weight% or more in (B) solvent.
  • the ratio of such a high boiling point solvent is less than 50% by weight, the effect of preventing evaporation of the solvent from the ink droplets may not be sufficiently exhibited.
  • the content of the (B) solvent is not particularly limited, but the upper limit is usually 99% by weight.
  • the concentration of each component excluding the (B) solvent becomes too small and may be inappropriate for forming a coating film.
  • the lower limit of the content of the solvent (B) is usually 75% by weight, preferably 80% by weight, and more preferably 82% by weight in consideration of viscosity suitable for coating.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention preferably contains (D) a polymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerizable monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymerizable low-molecular compound, but it may be an addition-polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenic double bond (hereinafter referred to as “ethylenic compound”). Is preferred).
  • the ethylenic compound is a compound having an ethylenic double bond that undergoes addition polymerization and cures by the action of a photopolymerization initiation component described later when the colored resin composition of the present invention is irradiated with actinic rays.
  • the (D) polymerizable monomer in this invention means the concept opposite to what is called a polymeric substance, and also includes a dimer, a trimer, and an oligomer other than a monomer in a narrow sense.
  • Examples of the ethylenic compound in the polymerizable monomer include unsaturated carboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid; esters of monohydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids; aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids; Esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids; Esterification of unsaturated carboxylic acids with polyvalent carboxylic acids and polyhydric hydroxy compounds such as aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and aromatic polyhydroxy compounds described above An ester obtained by the reaction; an ethylenic compound having a urethane skeleton obtained by reacting a polyisocyanate compound and a (meth) acryloyl group-containing hydroxy compound;
  • Esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolethane tri (meth) acrylate , Pentaerythritol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) Examples include (meth) acrylic acid esters such as acrylate and glycerol (meth) acrylate.
  • the (meth) acrylic acid portion of these (meth) acrylic acid esters is replaced with an itaconic acid portion, a crotonic acid portion replaced with a crotonic acid portion, or a maleic acid ester replaced with a maleic acid portion, etc. Is mentioned.
  • ester of an aromatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid examples include hydroquinone di (meth) acrylate, resorcin di (meth) acrylate, pyrogallol tri (meth) acrylate and the like.
  • the ester obtained by the esterification reaction of an unsaturated carboxylic acid with a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a polyvalent hydroxy compound may be a single substance or a mixture.
  • Representative examples are condensates of (meth) acrylic acid, phthalic acid, and ethylene glycol; condensates of (meth) acrylic acid, maleic acid, and diethylene glycol; condensation of (meth) acrylic acid, terephthalic acid, and pentaerythritol A condensate of (meth) acrylic acid, adipic acid, butanediol, and glycerin.
  • Examples of the ethylenic compound having a urethane skeleton obtained by reacting a polyisocyanate compound with a (meth) acryloyl group-containing hydroxy compound include aliphatic diisocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate and trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate; alicyclic rings such as cyclohexane diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate.
  • Formula diisocyanates aromatic diisocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate and diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and (meth) acryloyl such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and 3-hydroxy [1,1,1-tri (meth) acryloyloxymethyl] propane
  • aromatic diisocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate and diphenylmethane diisocyanate
  • (meth) acryloyl such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and 3-hydroxy [1,1,1-tri (meth) acryloyloxymethyl] propane
  • examples of the ethylenic compound used in the present invention include (meth) acrylamides such as ethylene bis (meth) acrylamide; allyl esters such as diallyl phthalate; vinyl group-containing compounds such as divinyl phthalate. .
  • esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids are preferred, pentaerythritol or (meth) acrylic esters of dipentaerythritol are more preferred, and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate is particularly preferred.
  • the ethylenic compound may be a monomer having an acid value.
  • the monomer having an acid value is, for example, an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted with an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound.
  • a polyfunctional monomer having a group is preferable, and in this ester, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and / or dipentaerythritol.
  • These monomers may be used alone, but since it is difficult to obtain a single compound in production, a mixture of two or more kinds may be used. Moreover, you may use together the polyfunctional monomer which does not have an acid group, and the polyfunctional monomer which has an acid group as (D) polymeric monomer as needed.
  • a preferable acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mg-KOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mg-KOH / g.
  • the development and dissolution characteristics are hardly deteriorated, and the production and handling are easy.
  • a more preferred polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is, for example, a mixture containing succinic acid ester of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate as a main component. It is also possible to use this polyfunctional monomer in combination with another polyfunctional monomer.
  • the content of the polymerizable monomer (D) is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 5% by weight or more, more preferably 10% by weight or more in the total solid content. Further, it is usually 80% by weight or less, preferably 70% by weight or less, more preferably 50% by weight or less, particularly preferably 40% by weight or less.
  • the ratio of the (D) polymerizable monomer to the (A) dye is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 5% by weight or more, more preferably 10% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 20% by weight or more.
  • the amount is usually 200% by weight or less, preferably 100% by weight or less, and more preferably 80% by weight or less.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention preferably contains (E) a photopolymerization initiation component and / or a thermal polymerization initiation component for the purpose of curing the coating film.
  • the curing method may be other than those using these initiators.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention includes a resin having an ethylenic double bond as the component (C), or includes an ethylenic compound as the component (D), it directly absorbs light, or It is preferable to contain a photopolymerization initiating component that has a function of generating a polymerization active radical and / or a thermal polymerization initiating component that generates a polymerization active radical by heat.
  • the component (E) as a photopolymerization initiation component refers to a photopolymerization initiator (hereinafter also referred to as “(E1) component”), a polymerization accelerator (hereinafter, optionally referred to as “(E2) component”). ”)”
  • a sensitizing dye hereinafter also referred to as "(E3) component”).
  • the photopolymerization initiating component that may be contained in the colored resin composition of the present invention is usually (E1) a photopolymerization initiator, and (E2) a polymerization accelerator and (E3) sensitization that are added as necessary. It is a component having a function of generating a polymerization active radical by being used as a mixture with an additive such as a dye and directly absorbing light or being photosensitized to cause a decomposition reaction or a hydrogen abstraction reaction.
  • Examples of the photopolymerization initiator constituting the photopolymerization initiating component (E1) include titanocene derivatives described in JP-A Nos. 59-152396 and 61-151197. Hexaarylbiimidazole derivatives described in JP-A-10-300922, JP-A-11-174224, JP-A-2000-56118, and the like; -395053 and the like, halomethylated oxadiazole derivatives, halomethyl-s-triazine derivatives, N-aryl- ⁇ -amino acids such as N-phenylglycine, N-aryl- ⁇ -amino acid salts, N- Radical activators such as aryl- ⁇ -amino acid esters, ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone derivatives; Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-8006 It includes oxime ester derivatives and the like described in JP-like. Specific examples include photopolymerization initiators described in International Public
  • oxime ester derivatives examples include 1,2-octanedione, 1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl]-, 2- (o-benzoyloxime), ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- ( 2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl], 1- (o-acetyloxime), and the like.
  • benzoin alkyl ethers anthraquinone derivatives
  • acetophenone derivatives such as 2-methyl- (4′-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholino-1-propanone, 2-ethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, etc.
  • examples also include thioxanthone derivatives, benzoate derivatives, acridine derivatives, phenazine derivatives, anthrone derivatives and the like.
  • ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone derivatives ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone derivatives, thioxanthone derivatives, and oxime ester derivatives are more preferable.
  • oxime ester derivatives are preferable.
  • Examples of the (E2) polymerization accelerator used as necessary include N, N-dialkylaminobenzoic acid alkyl esters such as N, N-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester; 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercapto Examples include mercapto compounds having a heterocyclic ring such as benzoxazole and 2-mercaptobenzimidazole; mercapto compounds such as aliphatic polyfunctional mercapto compounds.
  • (E3) a sensitizing dye is used for the purpose of increasing the sensitivity as required.
  • the sensitizing dye an appropriate one is used depending on the wavelength of the image exposure light source.
  • xanthene described in JP-A-4-221958 and JP-A-4-219756 A coumarin dye having a heterocyclic ring described in JP-A-3-239703, JP-A-5-289335, etc .; JP-A-3-239703, JP 3-ketocoumarin dyes described in each publication of JP-A-5-289335; pyromethene dyes described in JP-A-6-19240, etc .; JP-A 47-2528, JP Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No.
  • Japanese Patent Publication No. 45-37377 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 48-84183, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 52-112681, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 58. No. 15503, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 60-88005, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 59-56403, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2-69, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 57-168088, Japanese Special Examples thereof include dyes having a dialkylaminobenzene skeleton described in JP-A-5-107761, JP-A-5-210240, JP-A-4-288818, and the like.
  • the sensitizing dye may also be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of these (E) photopolymerization initiating components is usually 0.1% by weight or more, preferably 0.2% by weight or more, more preferably 0.8% by weight in the total solid content. It is 5% by weight or more, usually 40% by weight or less, preferably 30% by weight or less, more preferably 20% by weight or less. Within the above range, it is preferable in that the sensitivity to the exposure light is good and the solubility of the unexposed portion in the development is good.
  • thermal polymerization initiation component Specific examples of the thermal polymerization initiation component that may be contained in the colored resin composition of the present invention include azo compounds, organic peroxides, hydrogen peroxide, and the like. Of these, azo compounds are preferably used. More specifically, for example, a thermal polymerization initiating component described in International Publication No. 2009/107734 can be used. These thermal polymerization initiating components may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention comprises a surfactant, an organic carboxylic acid and / or an organic carboxylic acid anhydride, a thermosetting compound, a plasticizer, a thermal polymerization inhibitor, a storage stabilizer, a surface It may contain a protective agent, an adhesion improver, a development improver, and the like. Moreover, when it contains the below-mentioned (F) pigment, you may contain a dispersing agent and a dispersing aid.
  • these optional components for example, various compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-113000 can be used.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention may contain (F) a pigment within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention for the purpose of improving the heat resistance of the obtained color filter.
  • pigments for example, when forming color filter pixels, pigments of various colors such as blue and purple can be used.
  • examples of the chemical structure include organic pigments such as phthalocyanine, quinacridone, benzimidazolone, dioxazine, indanthrene, and perylene.
  • various inorganic pigments can be used.
  • specific examples of usable pigments are indicated by pigment numbers.
  • blue pigments examples include C.I. I. Pigment Blue 1, 1: 2, 9, 14, 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 17, 19, 25, 27, 28, 29, 33, 35, 36, 56, 56: 1, 60, 61, 61: 1, 62, 63, 66, 67, 68, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78, 79 and the like.
  • a blue copper phthalocyanine pigment is preferable, and examples of the copper phthalocyanine pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6 and the like are preferable, and C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a blue pigment, it is 80% by weight or more, particularly 90% by weight or more, especially 95 to 100% by weight, based on the total content of the blue pigment.
  • I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 is preferable.
  • Examples of purple pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Violet 1, 1: 1, 2, 2: 2, 3, 3: 1, 3: 3, 5, 5: 1, 14, 15, 16, 19, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 32, 37, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49, 50 and the like.
  • a purple dioxazine pigment is preferable, and as the dioxazine pigment, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 19 and 23 are preferable, and C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23. Therefore, when the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a violet pigment, it is 80% by weight or more, particularly 90% by weight or more, especially 95 to 100% by weight, based on the total content of the violet pigment.
  • I. Pigment Violet 23 is preferable. These may be used alone or in a combination of two or more in any combination and ratio.
  • the (F) pigment used in the colored resin composition of the present invention preferably has a small average primary particle diameter from the viewpoint of forming a high-contrast pixel.
  • the average primary particle diameter is 40 nm or less. Is preferable, and it is more preferable that it is 35 nm or less.
  • the average primary particle size is preferably 40 nm or less, more preferably 35 nm or less, and still more preferably 20 to 30 nm.
  • the average primary particle size is preferably 40 nm or less, more preferably 25 to 35 nm. From the viewpoint that the pigment is less likely to aggregate in the colored resin composition, it is preferable that the average primary particle size is not too small.
  • the average primary particle size of the (F) pigment is a value measured and calculated by the following method.
  • (F) a pigment is ultrasonically dispersed in chloroform, dropped onto a collodion film-attached mesh, dried, and a primary particle image of the pigment is obtained by observation with a transmission electron microscope (TEM). From this image, the particle diameter of each pigment particle is determined for a plurality of (usually about 200 to 300) pigment particles, where the diameter of each pigment particle is equivalent to an area circle equivalent diameter converted to the diameter of a circle having the same area.
  • the number average value is calculated according to the following formula to obtain the average particle size.
  • the particle diameter of each pigment particle X 1, X 2, X 3, X 4, ⁇ , X i, ⁇ X m
  • the content of the pigment in the colored resin composition is usually 80% by weight or less, preferably 50% by weight or less in the total solid content.
  • content with respect to 100 weight part of said (A) dye is 2000 weight part or less normally, Preferably it is 1000 weight part or less.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention contains (F) a pigment
  • the dispersant in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the pigment is dispersed and can maintain stability.
  • cationic, anionic, nonionic or amphoteric dispersants can be used, but polymer dispersants are preferred.
  • Specific examples include block copolymers, polyurethanes, polyesters, alkylammonium salts or phosphate esters of polymer copolymers, and cationic comb graft polymers. Of these dispersants, block copolymers, polyurethanes, and cationic comb graft polymers are preferred.
  • a block copolymer is preferable, and among them, a block copolymer composed of an A block having solvophilicity and a B block having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom is preferable.
  • the B block having a nitrogen atom-containing functional group includes a unit structure having a quaternary ammonium base and / or an amino group in the side chain, while the solvophilic A block includes a quaternary ammonium. Examples include a unit structure having no base and amino group.
  • the B block constituting the acrylic block copolymer has a unit structure having a quaternary ammonium base and / or an amino group, and has a pigment adsorption function. Further, when the B block has a quaternary ammonium base, the quaternary ammonium base may be directly bonded to the main chain, but may be bonded to the main chain via a divalent linking group. Good. Examples of such a block copolymer include those described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-025813. Moreover, the colored resin composition of the present invention may contain a dispersant other than those described above. Examples of other dispersants include those described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-343648, for example.
  • the content of the dispersant in the total solid content is 2 to 1000% by weight of the total content of the (F) pigment, In particular, it is preferably used so as to be in the range of 5 to 500% by weight, particularly 10 to 250% by weight. Within the above range, good pigment dispersibility can be ensured without affecting the heat resistance of the compounds (I) to (IV), and the pigment dispersion stability will be better. Is preferable.
  • the colored resin composition can be prepared by an appropriate method.
  • the (A) dye and (C) binder resin are combined with the (B) solvent and optional components used as necessary. It can be prepared by mixing.
  • (F) pigment as (A) dye
  • (A) dye containing (F) pigment is present in a solvent, in the presence of a dispersing agent and, if necessary, a dispersing aid.
  • (C) A part of the binder resin, for example, a paint shaker, a sand grinder, a ball mill, a roll mill, a stone mill, a jet mill, a homogenizer, and the like are mixed and dispersed while being pulverized to prepare a colored dispersion.
  • a dye for example, a paint shaker, a sand grinder, a ball mill, a roll mill, a stone mill, a jet mill, a homogenizer, and the like are mixed and dispersed while being pulverized to prepare a colored dispersion.
  • a dye for example, a paint shaker, a sand grinder, a ball mill, a roll mill, a stone mill, a jet mill, a homogenizer, and the like are mixed and dispersed while being pulverized to prepare a colored dispersion.
  • a dye for example, a paint shaker, a sand grinder, a ball mill, a roll mill, a stone mill
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention is usually in a state where all the constituent components are dissolved or dispersed in a solvent. Such a colored resin composition is supplied onto a substrate to form components such as a color filter, a liquid crystal display device, and an organic EL display.
  • a color filter a liquid crystal display device
  • an organic EL display a display of an organic EL.
  • the color filter of the present invention has a pixel formed from the colored resin composition of the present invention.
  • the method for forming the color filter of the present invention will be described below.
  • the pixel of the color filter can be formed by various methods. Here, although the case where it forms by the photolithographic method using a photopolymerizable colored resin composition is demonstrated to an example, a manufacturing method is not limited to this. First, on the surface of the substrate, if necessary, a black matrix is formed so as to partition a portion for forming pixels, and after applying the colored resin composition of the present invention on this substrate, pre-baking is performed. The solvent is evaporated to form a coating film.
  • each of red, green, and blue A color filter can be manufactured by forming a pixel pattern.
  • the substrate used for forming the pixels is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent and has an appropriate strength.
  • polyester resin, polyolefin resin, polycarbonate resin, acrylic resin, thermoplastic resin examples thereof include a sheet made, an epoxy resin, a thermosetting resin, and various glasses.
  • these substrates may be appropriately subjected to pretreatment as desired, such as thin film formation treatment with a silane coupling agent or urethane resin, surface treatment such as corona discharge treatment or ozone treatment, if desired.
  • a spinner method, a wire bar method, a flow coating method, a slit and spin method, a die coating method, a roll coating method, a spray coating method, and the like can be given.
  • the thickness of the coating film is usually 0.2 to 20 ⁇ m, preferably 0.5 to 10 ⁇ m, particularly preferably 0.8 to 5.0 ⁇ m as the film thickness after drying. Within the above range, it is preferable in that the gap can be easily adjusted in the pattern development or liquid crystal cell forming step, and a desired color can be easily expressed.
  • the radiation used in the exposure for example, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, electron beam, X-ray or the like can be used, and radiation having a wavelength in the range of 190 to 450 nm is preferable.
  • the light source for using radiation having a wavelength of 190 to 450 nm used for image exposure is not particularly limited.
  • a xenon lamp, a halogen lamp, a tungsten lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp Lamp light sources such as medium pressure mercury lamp, low pressure mercury lamp, carbon arc, fluorescent lamp; laser light sources such as argon ion laser, YAG laser, excimer laser, nitrogen laser, helium cadmium laser, semiconductor laser, and the like.
  • An optical filter can also be used when used by irradiating light of a specific wavelength.
  • the exposure dose of radiation is preferably 10 to 10,000 J / m 2 .
  • alkaline developer examples include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, sodium phosphate, Inorganic alkaline compounds such as potassium phosphate, sodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, ammonium hydroxide; mono-di- or tri-ethanolamine, mono-di-, or tri -Methylamine, mono-, di-, or tri-ethylamine, mono-, or diisopropylamine, n-butylamine, mono-, di-, or tri-isopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediimine, tetramethylammonium Hydroxide (TMAH)
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium Hydroxide
  • a water-soluble organic solvent such as isopropyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, phenyl cellosolve, propylene glycol, diacetone alcohol, or the like can be added to the alkali developer. In addition, it is usually washed with water after alkali development.
  • a water-soluble organic solvent such as isopropyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, phenyl cellosolve, propylene glycol, diacetone alcohol, or the like
  • the development processing method any method such as an immersion development method, a spray development method, a brush development method, and an ultrasonic development method can be used.
  • the development conditions are preferably 5 to 300 seconds at room temperature (23 ° C.).
  • the development temperature is usually 10 ° C. or higher, especially 15 ° C. or higher, more preferably 20 ° C. or higher, and usually 50 ° C. or lower, especially 45 ° C. or lower, more preferably 40 ° C. or lower. Is preferred.
  • the developing method can be any one of immersion developing method, spray developing method, brush developing method, ultrasonic developing method and the like.
  • a transparent electrode such as ITO is formed on the image as it is and used as a part of a component such as a color display or a liquid crystal display device.
  • a top coat layer such as polyamide or polyimide can be provided on the image as necessary.
  • the transparent electrode may not be formed.
  • ribs may be formed.
  • a column structure (photo spacer) by a photolithography method may be formed instead of the bead dispersion type spacer.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention uses the above-described color filter of the present invention.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention can be formed by the method described in “Liquid Crystal Device Handbook” (Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun, September 29, 1989, Japan Society for the Promotion of Science 142nd Committee).
  • Organic EL display When producing an organic EL display including the color filter of the present invention, for example, as shown in FIG. 1, on a blue color filter in which a blue pixel 20 is formed on a transparent support substrate 10 by the colored resin composition of the present invention.
  • a multicolor organic EL element 100 is manufactured by laminating the organic light-emitting body 500 through the organic protective layer 30 and the inorganic oxide film 40.
  • a transparent anode 50, a hole injection layer 51, a hole transport layer 52, a light emitting layer 53, an electron injection layer 54, and a cathode 55 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter.
  • a method of adhering the organic light-emitting body 500 formed on another substrate onto the inorganic oxide film 40 can be used.
  • the organic EL element 100 manufactured as described above can be applied to both a passive drive type organic EL display and an active drive type organic EL display.
  • the binder resin a thus obtained had a weight average molecular weight Mw measured by GPC of about 15000 in terms of polystyrene and an acid value of 78 mgKOH / g.
  • the structure of the binder resin a was as shown below (polymer compound containing the following four types of repeating units).
  • Reaction 6 Compound 9 (2.56 g, 23.9 mmol), Compound 10 (1,1,1-trifluoro-4-iodo) butane (TCI, 12.5 g, 52.5 mmol), potassium carbonate (7.25 g) 52.5 mmol) and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (50 ml) were stirred at 100 ° C. for 5 hours, then cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate, filtered with suction and washed with ethyl acetate. The mother liquor was washed twice with water and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The oil was dissolved in toluene, washed 3 times with water, and washed with saturated brine.
  • Reaction 7 Thionyl chloride (14 ml) was added to a mixture of compound 11 (25 g) and toluene (100 ml), stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain acid chloride.
  • a mixture of anhydrous aluminum chloride (20.4 g) and 1,2-dichloroethane (100 ml) was cooled in an ice bath, and a solution of acid chloride in 1,2-dichloroethane (50 ml) was added dropwise. After stirring for 15 minutes, Compound 10 (21.1 g) was added dropwise, brought to room temperature, and then poured into ice water.
  • the pH was adjusted to 10 or more with 4N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform.
  • the chloroform layer was washed with 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and filtered through Celite to remove insolubles. This was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Reaction 8 Phosphorus oxychloride (1.4 ml) was added to a mixture of compound A (3.38 g), compound 12 (1.71 g) and toluene (15 ml), and the mixture was stirred at 120 ° C. for 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature, 1N hydrochloric acid was added, stirred for 15 minutes, and extracted with chloroform. The chloroform layer was washed with water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
  • Reaction 9 Compound 13 (1.06 g) and acid blue 80 (0.70 g) were dissolved in methanol and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained solid was washed with a methanol / water (1/2) mixture solvent to obtain Compound D4 (1.34 g).
  • Reaction 10 A solution of compound 17 (10 g) in N, N-dimethylformamide (100 ml) was cooled in an ice bath, sodium hydride (60%, 4.3 g) was added, and after stirring for a while, compound 18 (6.5 g) ) was added in small portions. After stirring at room temperature for 5 hours, water was added, extracted with dichloromethane, and purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound B (3.1 g).
  • ⁇ in the columns of formulas (1) to (3) means “applicable” in the range of each formula, and ⁇ means “not applicable” in the range of each formula.
  • * 2 In Table 1 above, ⁇ in the column of molecular weight means “applicable” in the range of molecular weight 150 to 600, and ⁇ means “not applicable” in the range of molecular weight 150 to 600.
  • the above dyes and other components were mixed at the ratios shown in Table 3 to prepare a colored resin composition.
  • the mixture was stirred for 1 hour or more until the dye was sufficiently dissolved, and finally filtered through a 5 ⁇ m piece filter to remove foreign matters.
  • the spectral transmittance was measured as described above, and the color difference ( ⁇ E * ab) from the chromaticity before baking, that is, the heat resistance was measured. Is shown in Table 4 below.
  • the pixels formed using the colored resin composition of the present invention have no significant reduction in luminance and have dramatically improved heat resistance.

Abstract

Provided is a colored resin composition that satisfies the heat resistance required for the steps involved in color display production. Also provided are, as a result of using such a colored resin composition, a color filter having excellent color purity and transmittance of blue pixels, and an organic EL display and a liquid crystal display device having good blue color purity. The colored resin composition comprises (A) a dye, (B) a solvent, and (C) a binder resin, and the dye (A) comprises a compound that is a counterion of disulfonylimide anionic and cationic dyes.

Description

着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、液晶表示装置及び有機ELディスプレイColored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display
 本発明は、着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、液晶表示装置及び有機ELディスプレイに存する。 The present invention resides in a colored resin composition, a color filter, a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL display.
 近年、フラットパネルディスプレイとして、カラーの液晶表示装置や有機EL(Organic Electro Luminescence)ディスプレイが注目されており、これらのディスプレイにはカラーフィルタが用いられている。
 例えば、カラー液晶表示装置には、一例として、ブラックマトリックス、複数の色(通常、赤(R)、緑(G)、青(B)の3原色)からなる着色層、透明電極および配向層を備えたカラーフィルタ基板と、薄膜トランジスタ(TFT素子)、画素電極および配向層を備えた対向電極基板と、これら両基板を所定の間隙をもたせて対向させ、シール部材で密封して、上記間隙に液晶材料を注入して形成された液晶層とから概略構成された透過型の液晶表示装置がある。また、上記のカラーフィルタの基板と着色層との間に反射層を設けた反射型の液晶表示装置もある。
In recent years, attention has been paid to color liquid crystal display devices and organic EL (Organic Electro Luminescence) displays as flat panel displays, and color filters are used for these displays.
For example, a color liquid crystal display device includes, as an example, a black matrix, a colored layer composed of a plurality of colors (usually three primary colors of red (R), green (G), and blue (B)), a transparent electrode, and an alignment layer. The provided color filter substrate, a thin film transistor (TFT element), a counter electrode substrate provided with a pixel electrode and an alignment layer, and these substrates are opposed to each other with a predetermined gap, sealed with a sealing member, and liquid crystal is placed in the gap. There is a transmissive liquid crystal display device that is roughly configured from a liquid crystal layer formed by injecting a material. There is also a reflective liquid crystal display device in which a reflective layer is provided between the color filter substrate and the colored layer.
 有機ELディスプレイは、原理的には、陽極と陰極との間に有機EL発光層をはさんだ構造の有機EL素子を有するものであるが、実際に、有機EL素子を用いてカラー表示の可能な有機ELディスプレイとするには、(1)三原色の各色をそれぞれ発光する有機EL素子どうしを配列する方式、(2)白色光に発光する有機EL素子を三原色のカラーフィルタ層と組み合わせる方式、並びに(3)青色発光する有機EL素子と、青→緑、および青→赤にそれぞれ色変換する色変換層(CCM層)とを組み合わせるCCM方式等がある。 In principle, an organic EL display has an organic EL element having a structure in which an organic EL light emitting layer is sandwiched between an anode and a cathode. However, in practice, color display is possible using the organic EL element. In order to obtain an organic EL display, (1) a method of arranging organic EL elements that emit light of each of the three primary colors, (2) a method of combining an organic EL element that emits white light with a color filter layer of the three primary colors, and ( 3) There is a CCM method that combines an organic EL element that emits blue light and a color conversion layer (CCM layer) that performs color conversion from blue to green and blue to red, respectively.
 (1)の方式は言うまでもなく、各色の有機EL素子を使用するため、高い色再現性を発現し得るのが特徴である。従って、各色の有機EL素子に対応してカラーフィルタを載置することにより、色再現性の向上や、反射光を吸収することによるコントラスト向上が期待できるため、有望な方式の一つとされている。
 また、(2)の白色有機ELとカラーフィルタとの組み合わせ方式および(3)のCCM方式は、同じ色に発光する有機EL素子を一種類使用すればよいので、上記(1)の方式の有機ELディスプレイにおけるように、各色の有機EL素子の特性を揃える必要が無く、工程数および材料の削減等が可能となり、製造コスト面でも注目を集めているフルカラー化方式である。
Needless to say, the method of (1) is characterized in that high color reproducibility can be exhibited because organic EL elements of each color are used. Therefore, by placing color filters corresponding to the organic EL elements of each color, improvement in color reproducibility and improvement in contrast by absorbing reflected light can be expected. .
In addition, the combination method of the white organic EL and the color filter in (2) and the CCM method in (3) may use only one type of organic EL element that emits light of the same color. Unlike the EL display, it is not necessary to align the characteristics of the organic EL elements of each color, and the number of processes and materials can be reduced.
 カラーフィルタおよび色変換フィルターと有機発光体を構成要素とする色変換方式を用いた有機EL素子において、カラーディスプレイの製造工程で要求される耐熱性や、ディスプレイとして使用される際の耐候性、並びに高精細度の画像が要求されるものについては、顔料分散法で作成されたカラーフィルタを用いるのが主流となっており、感光性樹脂溶液中に赤色、青色または緑色の顔料を粒径1μm以下に微分散したものをガラス基板上に塗布した後、フォトリソグラフィーにより所望のパターンで画素を形成している。 In an organic EL device using a color filter and a color conversion method comprising a color conversion filter and an organic light emitter as constituent elements, heat resistance required in the color display manufacturing process, weather resistance when used as a display, and For those that require high-definition images, color filters created by the pigment dispersion method are the mainstream, and red, blue, or green pigments in the photosensitive resin solution have a particle size of 1 μm or less. After the finely dispersed material is applied on a glass substrate, pixels are formed in a desired pattern by photolithography.
 カラーフィルタに関しては、色純度、彩度、光透過量の向上が求められており、従来は、光透過量の向上を目的として、画像形成用材料中の感光性樹脂に対する着色顔料の含有量を減らすか、もしくは画像形成用材料により形成される画素の形成膜厚を薄くするというような方法が採られてきた。しかしながら、これらの方法ではカラーフィルタ自体の彩度が低下し、ディスプレイ全体が白っぽくなって表示に必要な色の鮮やかさが犠牲となってしまい、逆に彩度を優先して着色顔料含有量を増加させるとディスプレイ全体が暗くなり、この場合には、明るさを確保するためにバックライトの光量を大きくしなければならず、ディスプレイの消費電力増大を招いてしまうという問題がある。 With respect to color filters, improvements in color purity, saturation, and light transmission are required. Conventionally, for the purpose of improving light transmission, the content of the color pigment relative to the photosensitive resin in the image forming material is reduced. A method has been adopted in which the thickness of the pixel formed by the image forming material is reduced or the pixel formed is made thinner. However, in these methods, the saturation of the color filter itself is lowered, the entire display becomes whitish, and the vividness of the color necessary for display is sacrificed. When it is increased, the entire display becomes dark, and in this case, the amount of light of the backlight must be increased in order to ensure brightness, leading to an increase in power consumption of the display.
 これに対して、光透過量の向上を目的として、顔料粒子の粒径をその呈色波長の1/2以下にまで微分散する方法が知られているが(非特許文献1)、青色顔料は他の赤色、緑色顔料に比較して呈色波長が短いため、この場合にはさらなる微分散を必要とし、コストアップ並びに分散後の安定性が問題となる。 On the other hand, for the purpose of improving the light transmission amount, a method of finely dispersing the particle size of pigment particles to 1/2 or less of the coloration wavelength is known (Non-patent Document 1). Is shorter in coloration wavelength than other red and green pigments, and in this case, further fine dispersion is required, resulting in problems of cost increase and stability after dispersion.
 一方で、着色剤として染料を使用したカラーフィルタも依然開発が進められている。例えば特許文献1には、シー・アイ・アシッド・ブルー83(トリアリルアミン系色材)と、シー・アイ・ソルベント・ブルー67(銅フタロシアニン系色材)を含む青色フィルター層を設けたカラーフィルタが記載されている。 On the other hand, color filters using dyes as colorants are still being developed. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a color filter provided with a blue filter layer containing C-I Acid Blue 83 (triallylamine-based color material) and C-I Solvent Blue 67 (copper phthalocyanine-based color material). Are listed.
 また、特許文献2には、下記式で表される重合性トリフェニルメタン染料を含むポリマーを用いたカラーフィルタが記載されている。 Patent Document 2 describes a color filter using a polymer containing a polymerizable triphenylmethane dye represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(上記式におけるRのうち、少なくとも一つは炭素-炭素二重結合を含む特定の重合性基) (At least one of R 1 in the above formula is a specific polymerizable group containing a carbon-carbon double bond)
 更に、特許文献3にも特定構造で表される色材を含有する着色樹脂組成物に関する記載がある。 Furthermore, Patent Document 3 also describes a colored resin composition containing a color material represented by a specific structure.
日本国特開2002-14222号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-14222 日本国特開2000-162429号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-162429 日本国特開2009-235392号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2009-235392
 しかし、前記文献に記載の染料を使用したカラーフィルタは、特に透過率(輝度)や耐熱性が不十分であるという問題があった。
 本発明は、前述したカラーディスプレイ製造工程で要求される耐熱性を満たす着色樹脂組成物を提供することを目的とする。また、このような着色樹脂組成物を用いることにより、青色画素の色純度および透過率(輝度)に優れたカラーフィルタ、および青色純度のよい有機ELディスプレイ並びに液晶表示装置を提供することを目的とする。
However, the color filter using the dye described in the above literature has a problem that the transmittance (brightness) and heat resistance are particularly insufficient.
An object of this invention is to provide the colored resin composition which satisfy | fills the heat resistance requested | required in the color display manufacturing process mentioned above. Another object of the present invention is to provide a color filter excellent in color purity and transmittance (brightness) of a blue pixel, an organic EL display with good blue purity, and a liquid crystal display device by using such a colored resin composition. To do.
 本発明者らは、カラーフィルタの青色画素形成用の染料として、特定の構造を有する化合物からなる塩を使用することにより、上記課題を解決できることを見出し、本発明に至った。
 すなわち本発明の第一の要旨は、下記〔1〕~〔3〕に示す着色樹脂組成物に存する(以下、「第1の着色樹脂組成物」と称する場合がある)。
〔1〕(A)染料、(B)溶剤及び(C)バインダー樹脂を含有し、
 (A)染料が、下記式(I)で表される化合物を含有することを特徴とする、着色樹脂組成物。
The present inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by using a salt composed of a compound having a specific structure as a dye for forming a blue pixel of a color filter.
That is, the first gist of the present invention resides in the colored resin composition shown in the following [1] to [3] (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “first colored resin composition”).
[1] containing (A) a dye, (B) a solvent and (C) a binder resin,
(A) A colored resin composition, wherein the dye contains a compound represented by the following formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(上記式(I)中、(Zm1-は、m1価のジスルホニルイミドアニオンを表す。
 m1は1~4の整数を表す。
 R~Rは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を表す。
 隣接するR~R同士が連結して環を形成してもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 R及びRは、水素原子、又は任意の置換基を表す。
 R及びRは、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 また、上記式(I)中のベンゼン環は、更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
 R101及びR102は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
 R101とR102は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 尚、一分子中に複数の下記式(I)CAで表されるカチオン
(In the above formula (I), (Z 1 ) m1- represents an m1-valent disulfonylimide anion.
m1 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
Adjacent R 1 to R 6 may be linked to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
R 7 and R 8 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent.
R 7 and R 8 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
Moreover, the benzene ring in the above formula (I) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
R 101 and R 102 have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic ring group which may be substituted, or a fluorine atom.
R 101 and R 102 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
In addition, a plurality of cations represented by the following formula (I) CA in one molecule
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
が含まれる場合、それらは同じ構造であっても、異なる構造であってもよい。)
〔2〕 前記式(I)で表される化合物が、下記式(I-1)で表される化合物である〔1〕に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
May be the same structure or different structures. )
[2] The colored resin composition according to [1], wherein the compound represented by the formula (I) is a compound represented by the following formula (I-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 
(上記式(I-1)中、R~R、R101及びR102は、前記式(I)における定義と同義である。
 上記式(I-1)中のベンゼン環は、更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
 R21及びR22は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基を表す。
 尚、R21及びR22は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。)
〔3〕 前記R21及びR22の少なくとも一つが、フッ素原子を含有する基である上記〔2〕に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
(In the above formula (I-1), R 1 to R 8 , R 101 and R 102 have the same definitions as in the formula (I).
The benzene ring in the above formula (I-1) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
R 21 and R 22 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. And a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have
R 21 and R 22 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. )
[3] The colored resin composition according to [2], wherein at least one of R 21 and R 22 is a group containing a fluorine atom.
 本発明の第二の要旨は、下記〔4〕~〔6〕に示す着色樹脂組成物に存する(以下、「第2の着色樹脂組成物」と称する場合がある)。
〔4〕 (A)染料、(B)溶剤及び(C)バインダー樹脂を含有し、
 (A)染料が、下記式(II)で表される化合物を含有することを特徴とする、着色樹脂組成物。
The second gist of the present invention resides in the colored resin composition shown in the following [4] to [6] (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “second colored resin composition”).
[4] containing (A) a dye, (B) a solvent and (C) a binder resin,
(A) A colored resin composition, wherein the dye contains a compound represented by the following formula (II).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(上記式(II)中、(Zm2-は、m2価のジスルホニルイミドアニオンを表す。
 m2は1~4の整数を表す。
 R11~R16は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を表す。
 隣接するR11~R16同士が連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 R17及びR18は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は任意の置換基を表す。
 R17及びR18は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 又、上記式(II)中のベンゼン環及びインドール環は更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
 尚、1分子中に複数の下記式(II)CAで表されるカチオン
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(In the above formula (II), (Z 2 ) m2- represents an m2-valent disulfonylimide anion.
m2 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
R 11 to R 16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
Adjacent R 11 to R 16 may be linked to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
R 17 and R 18 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent.
R 17 and R 18 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
Moreover, the benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
In addition, a plurality of cations represented by the following formula (II) CA in one molecule
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
が含まれる場合、それらは同じ構造であっても、異なる構造であってもよい。)
〔5〕 前記式(II)で表される化合物が、下記式(II-1)で表される化合物である上記〔4〕に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
May be the same structure or different structures. )
[5] The colored resin composition according to the above [4], wherein the compound represented by the formula (II) is a compound represented by the following formula (II-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(上記式(II-1)中、R11~R18は、前記式(II)における定義と同様である。
 上記式(II-1)中のベンゼン環及びインドール環は、更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
 R31及びR32は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基を表す。
 尚、R31及びR32は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。)
〔6〕 前記、R31及びR32の少なくとも一つが、フッ素原子を含有する基である上記〔5〕に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
(In the formula (II-1), R 11 to R 18 are the same as defined in the formula (II).
The benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II-1) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
R 31 and R 32 are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. And a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have
R 31 and R 32 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. )
[6] The colored resin composition according to the above [5], wherein at least one of R 31 and R 32 is a group containing a fluorine atom.
 本発明の第三の要旨は、下記〔7〕~〔9〕に示す着色樹脂組成物に存する(以下、「第3の着色樹脂組成物」と称する場合がある)。
〔7〕 (A)染料、(B)溶剤及び(C)バインダー樹脂を含有し、
 (A)染料が、下記式(III)で表される化合物を含有することを特徴とする、着色樹脂組成物。
The third gist of the present invention resides in the colored resin composition shown in the following [7] to [9] (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “third colored resin composition”).
[7] containing (A) a dye, (B) a solvent, and (C) a binder resin,
(A) A colored resin composition, wherein the dye contains a compound represented by the following formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(上記式(III)中、(Zm3-は、m3価のジスルホニルイミドアニオンを表す。
 m3は、1~4の整数を表す。
 qは、1~5の整数を表す。
 R501及びR502は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
 R51及びR52は、各々独立に、-O-、-S-、-N-、-Se-又は-CR503504-を表す。
 R503及びR504は、各々独立に,水素原子、又は炭素数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
 但し、R51及びR52が、-CR503504-である場合、R503同士が、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 環Y及びYは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を表す。
 但し、環Y及びYにおけるベンゼン環及びナフタレン環は、置換基としてニトロ基及びパーフルオロ基を有さない。)
〔8〕 前記式(III)で表される化合物が、更に下記式(III-1)で表される、上記〔7〕に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
(In the above formula (III), (Z 3 ) m3- represents an m3-valent disulfonylimide anion.
m3 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
q represents an integer of 1 to 5.
R 501 and R 502 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R 51 and R 52 each independently represents —O—, —S—, —N—, —Se— or —CR 503 R 504 —.
R 503 and R 504 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
However, when R 51 and R 52 are —CR 503 R 504 —, R 503 may be linked to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
Rings Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an optionally substituted benzene ring or naphthalene ring.
However, the benzene ring and naphthalene ring in the rings Y 1 and Y 2 do not have a nitro group or a perfluoro group as a substituent. )
[8] The colored resin composition according to [7], wherein the compound represented by the formula (III) is further represented by the following formula (III-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(上記式(III-1)中、q、R51及びR52、R501及びR502、並びに環Y及びYは前記式(III)における定義と同義である。
 R41及びR42は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基を表す。
 尚、R41及びR42は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。)
〔9〕 前記R41及びR42の少なくとも一つが、フッ素原子を含有する基である、上記〔8〕に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
(In the above formula (III-1), q, R 51 and R 52 , R 501 and R 502 , and rings Y 1 and Y 2 have the same definitions as in formula (III)).
R 41 and R 42 each independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. And a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have
R 41 and R 42 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. )
[9] The colored resin composition according to [8], wherein at least one of R 41 and R 42 is a group containing a fluorine atom.
 更に、本発明の第四の要旨は、下記〔10〕~〔12〕に示す着色樹脂組成物に存する(以下、「第4の着色樹脂組成物」と称する場合がある)。
〔10〕 (A)染料、(B)溶剤及び(C)バインダー樹脂を含有し、
 (A)染料が、カチオンとアニオンからなる対イオンを含有し、該アニオンの分子量が150以上600以下で、且つ、該対イオンが下記式(1)~(3)の関係を満たすことを特徴とする、着色樹脂組成物。
Furthermore, the fourth gist of the present invention resides in the colored resin composition shown in the following [10] to [12] (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “fourth colored resin composition”).
[10] containing (A) a dye, (B) a solvent, and (C) a binder resin,
(A) The dye contains a counter ion composed of a cation and an anion, the molecular weight of the anion is 150 or more and 600 or less, and the counter ion satisfies the following formulas (1) to (3): A colored resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000021
(上記式中、
 IPcationは、前記カチオンのイオン化ポテンシャル(hartree)を表し、
 EAcationは、前記カチオンの電子親和力(hartree)を表し、
 IPanionは、前記アニオンのイオン化ポテンシャル(hartree)を表し、
 EAanionは、前記アニオンの電子親和力(hartree)を表す。)
〔11〕 前記カチオンが、下記式(I-2)CAで表される、上記〔10〕に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
(In the above formula,
IP cation represents the ionization potential of the cation,
EA cation represents the electron affinity of the cation,
IP anion represents the ionization potential (hartree) of the anion,
EA anion represents the electron affinity of the anion. )
[11] The colored resin composition according to [10], wherein the cation is represented by the following formula (I-2) CA.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(上記式(I-2)CA中、R61~R66は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を表す。
 隣接するR61~R66同士が連結して環を形成してもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 R67及びR68は、水素原子、又は任意の置換基を表す。
 R67及びR68は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 また、上記式(I-2)CA中のベンゼン環は、更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
 R601及びR602は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
 R601とR602は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。)
〔12〕 前記カチオンが、下記式(II-2)CAで表される、上記〔10〕に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
(In the above formula (I-2) CA , R 61 to R 66 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic ring group which may be substituted.
Adjacent R 61 to R 66 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
R 67 and R 68 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent.
R 67 and R 68 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
Further, the benzene ring in the above formula (I-2) CA may further have an arbitrary substituent.
R 601 and R 602 have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic ring group which may be substituted, or a fluorine atom.
R 601 and R 602 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. )
[12] The colored resin composition according to [10], wherein the cation is represented by the following formula (II-2) CA.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(上記式(II-2)CA中、R71~R76は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を表す。
 隣接するR71~R76同士が、連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 R77及びR78は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は任意の置換基を表す。
 R77及びR88は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 又、上記式(II-2)CA中のベンゼン環及びインドール環は更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。)
(In the above formula (II-2) CA , R 71 to R 76 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring which may have a substituent. Represents a group.
Adjacent R 71 to R 76 may be linked to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
R 77 and R 78 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent.
R 77 and R 88 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
Further, the benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II-2) CA may further have an arbitrary substituent. )
 上記〔1〕~〔12〕に示す着色樹脂組成物はさらに、(D)重合性モノマー、(E)光重合開始成分及び熱重合開始成分のうち少なくとも1つ、及び(F)顔料を含有してもよい。 The colored resin composition shown in the above [1] to [12] further contains (D) a polymerizable monomer, (E) at least one of a photopolymerization initiation component and a thermal polymerization initiation component, and (F) a pigment. May be.
 本発明はまた、本発明の着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成される画素を含むカラーフィルタ、並びに液晶表示装置及び有機ELディスプレイに存する。
 尚、「本発明の着色樹脂組成物」は、前記「第1~4の着色樹脂組成物」の総称である。
The present invention also resides in a color filter including pixels formed using the colored resin composition of the present invention, a liquid crystal display device, and an organic EL display.
The “colored resin composition of the present invention” is a general term for the “first to fourth colored resin compositions”.
 本発明によれば、カラーディスプレイ製造工程で要求される耐熱性を有し、青色画素の色純度及び透過率に優れたカラーフィルタを得ることができる。このようなカラーフィルタを使用することにより、有機ELディスプレイの発光や、カラーフィルタのバックライトの発光を効率よく取り出すことができ、高色再現性及び高輝度を両立した液晶表示装置や有機ELディスプレイを提供することができる。また、液晶表示装置のコントラストを向上させることもできる。 According to the present invention, a color filter having heat resistance required in the color display manufacturing process and excellent in color purity and transmittance of a blue pixel can be obtained. By using such a color filter, the light emission of the organic EL display and the light emission of the backlight of the color filter can be taken out efficiently, and a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL display that achieve both high color reproducibility and high luminance. Can be provided. In addition, the contrast of the liquid crystal display device can be improved.
本発明のカラーフィルタを有する有機EL素子の一例を示す断面概略図である。It is a section schematic diagram showing an example of an organic EL device which has a color filter of the present invention.
 以下に本発明の実施の形態を詳細に説明するが、以下の記載は本発明の実施態様の一例であり、本発明はこれらの内容に限定されるものではない。 Embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail below, but the following description is an example of embodiments of the present invention, and the present invention is not limited to these contents.
 なお、本発明において「(メタ)アクリル」、「(メタ)アクリレート」等は、「アクリル及び/又はメタクリル」、「アクリレート及び/又はメタクリレート」等を意味するものとし、例えば「(メタ)アクリル酸」は「アクリル酸及び/又はメタクリル酸」を意味するものとする。
 また「全固形分」とは、後記する溶剤成分以外の本発明の着色樹脂組成物の全成分を意味するものとする。
 C.I.とは、カラーインデックスを意味する。
In the present invention, “(meth) acryl”, “(meth) acrylate” and the like mean “acryl and / or methacryl”, “acrylate and / or methacrylate” and the like, for example, “(meth) acrylic acid” "Means" acrylic acid and / or methacrylic acid ".
Further, “total solid content” means all components of the colored resin composition of the present invention other than the solvent components described later.
C. I. Means a color index.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は、(A)染料、(B)溶剤及び(C)バインダー樹脂を含有し、(A)染料が下記(a)~(d)のいずれかであることを特徴とする。
 いずれも、従来の染料化合物よりも、特に耐熱性が優れる。
(a)下記式(I)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I)」と称する場合がある)を含有する。
The colored resin composition of the present invention contains (A) a dye, (B) a solvent, and (C) a binder resin, and the (A) dye is any one of the following (a) to (d): To do.
In any case, heat resistance is particularly superior to conventional dye compounds.
(A) A compound represented by the following formula (I) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (I)”) is contained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(上記式(I)中、(Zm1-は、m1価のジスルホニルイミドアニオンを表す。
 m1は1~4の整数を表す。
 R~Rは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を表す。
 隣接するR~R同士が連結して環を形成してもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 R及びRは、水素原子、又は任意の置換基を表す。
 R及びRは、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 また、上記式(I)中のベンゼン環は、更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
 R101及びR102は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
 R101とR102は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 尚、一分子中に複数の下記式(I)CAで表されるカチオン
(In the above formula (I), (Z 1 ) m1- represents an m1-valent disulfonylimide anion.
m1 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
Adjacent R 1 to R 6 may be linked to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
R 7 and R 8 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent.
R 7 and R 8 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
Moreover, the benzene ring in the above formula (I) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
R 101 and R 102 have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic ring group which may be substituted, or a fluorine atom.
R 101 and R 102 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
In addition, a plurality of cations represented by the following formula (I) CA in one molecule
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
が含まれる場合、それらは同じ構造であっても、異なる構造であってもよい。) May be the same structure or different structures. )
(b)下記式(II)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(II)」と称する場合がある)を含有する。 (B) Contains a compound represented by the following formula (II) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (II)”).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(上記式(II)中、(Zm2-は、m2価のジスルホニルイミドアニオンを表す。
 m2は1~4の整数を表す。
 R11~R16は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を表す。
 隣接するR11~R16同士が連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 R17及びR18は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は任意の置換基を表す。
 R17及びR18は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 又、上記式(II)中のベンゼン環及びインドール環は更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
 尚、1分子中に複数の下記式(II)CAで表されるカチオン
(In the above formula (II), (Z 2 ) m2- represents an m2-valent disulfonylimide anion.
m2 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
R 11 to R 16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
Adjacent R 11 to R 16 may be linked to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
R 17 and R 18 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent.
R 17 and R 18 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
Moreover, the benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
In addition, a plurality of cations represented by the following formula (II) CA in one molecule
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
が含まれる場合、それらは同じ構造であっても、異なる構造であってもよい。) May be the same structure or different structures. )
(c)下記式(III)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(III)」と称する場合がある)を含有する。 (C) Contains a compound represented by the following formula (III) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (III)”).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(上記式(III)中、(Zm3-は、m3価のジスルホニルイミドアニオンを表す。
 m3は、1~4の整数を表す。
 qは、1~5の整数を表す。
 R501及びR502は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
 R51及びR52は、各々独立に、-O-、-S-、-N-、-Se-又は-CR503504-を表す。
 R503及びR504は、各々独立に,水素原子、又は炭素数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
 但し、R51及びR52が、-CR503504-である場合、R503同士が、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 環Y及びYは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を表す。
 但し、環Y及びYにおけるベンゼン環及びナフタレン環は、置換基としてニトロ基及びパーフルオロ基を有さない。)
(In the above formula (III), (Z 3 ) m3- represents an m3-valent disulfonylimide anion.
m3 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
q represents an integer of 1 to 5.
R 501 and R 502 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R 51 and R 52 each independently represents —O—, —S—, —N—, —Se— or —CR 503 R 504 —.
R 503 and R 504 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
However, when R 51 and R 52 are —CR 503 R 504 —, R 503 may be linked to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
Rings Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an optionally substituted benzene ring or naphthalene ring.
However, the benzene ring and naphthalene ring in the rings Y 1 and Y 2 do not have a nitro group or a perfluoro group as a substituent. )
(d)染料が、カチオンとアニオンからなる対イオンを含有し、該アニオンの分子量が150以上、600以下で、且つ該対イオンが下記式(1)~(3)の関係を満たす化合物(以下、「化合物(IV)」と称する場合がある)を含有する。 (D) The dye contains a counter ion comprising a cation and an anion, the anion has a molecular weight of 150 to 600, and the counter ion satisfies the following formulas (1) to (3) , Sometimes referred to as “compound (IV)”.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000029
(上記式中、
 IPcationは、前記カチオンのイオン化ポテンシャル(hartree)を表し、
 EAcationは、前記カチオンの電子親和力(hartree)を表し、
 IPanionは、前記アニオンのイオン化ポテンシャル(hartree)を表し、
 EAanionは、前記アニオンの電子親和力(hartree)を表す。)
(In the above formula,
IP cation represents the ionization potential of the cation,
EA cation represents the electron affinity of the cation,
IP anion represents the ionization potential (hartree) of the anion,
EA anion represents the electron affinity of the anion. )
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は、(A)染料、(B)溶剤及び(C)バインダー樹脂を含有し、好ましくは更に(D)重合性モノマー、(E)光重合開始成分及び/又は熱重合開始成分、(F)顔料を含み、更に必要に応じて配合されるその他の成分を含む。 The colored resin composition of the present invention contains (A) a dye, (B) a solvent, and (C) a binder resin, preferably (D) a polymerizable monomer, (E) a photopolymerization initiating component, and / or thermal polymerization. Including the starting component, (F) pigment, and other components added as necessary.
<(A)染料>
 まず、本発明の着色樹脂組成物に含有される(A)染料について説明する。
<(A) Dye>
First, the (A) dye contained in the colored resin composition of the present invention will be described.
[構造上の特徴]
 前記式(I)~(III)で表される化合物の構造上の特徴は下記の通りである。
 本発明における(A)染料に含有される、前記式(I)~(III)で表される化合物は、対イオンを形成している。
 対イオンを形成している染料では、カチオン及びアニオンの性質が、物性、特に耐熱性に影響する。これは、中性分子に比べて、電荷の偏りがあるカチオン及びアニオンの反応性がそれぞれ高いことに起因する。
 その為、カチオン及びアニオンの反応性を低下させることで、染料の耐熱性が向上することができると推測される。つまり、カチオン及びアニオンにおいて、電荷を非局在化することにより該反応性を低下させ,耐熱性の向上に繋がるものと考えられる。
[Structural features]
Structural features of the compounds represented by the formulas (I) to (III) are as follows.
The compounds represented by the formulas (I) to (III) contained in the dye (A) in the present invention form a counter ion.
In the dye forming the counter ion, the properties of the cation and the anion affect the physical properties, particularly the heat resistance. This is due to the higher reactivity of cations and anions having a bias in charge than neutral molecules.
Therefore, it is presumed that the heat resistance of the dye can be improved by reducing the reactivity of the cation and the anion. That is, in the cation and the anion, it is considered that the reactivity is lowered by delocalizing the electric charge and the heat resistance is improved.
 本発明では、アニオンとして、ジスルホニルイミドアニオンを用いている。
 ジスルホニルイミドアニオンは、イオン種が、スルホンアミド基であるため、製造が容易である。また負電荷が非局在化しているため、アニオンが比較的安定である。さらに、ジスルホンアミドにフッ素含有の置換基を有することが好ましく、この場合、フッ素含有置換基側へアニオンが引っ張られることにより、分子全体として電荷が分散されて、より安定な構造となると考えられる。
 また、本発明におけるアニオンは、いずれも可視領域に吸収がない。その為、透過率(輝度)への影響が小さい。
In the present invention, a disulfonylimide anion is used as the anion.
The disulfonylimide anion is easy to produce because the ionic species is a sulfonamide group. In addition, since the negative charge is delocalized, the anion is relatively stable. Furthermore, it is preferable that the disulfonamide has a fluorine-containing substituent. In this case, it is considered that the anion is pulled toward the fluorine-containing substituent, whereby electric charges are dispersed as a whole molecule and a more stable structure is obtained.
In addition, none of the anions in the present invention absorbs in the visible region. Therefore, the influence on the transmittance (luminance) is small.
 以上より、本発明の着色樹脂組成物を用いることで得られるカラーフィルタは、透過率(輝度)と耐熱性とを両立したものとなる。 From the above, the color filter obtained by using the colored resin composition of the present invention has both transmittance (luminance) and heat resistance.
[式(I)で表される化合物]
 まず、前記式(I)で表される化合物について説明する。
 本発明の第1の着色樹脂組成物は、(A)染料として下記式(I)で表される化合物を含有する。
 下記式(I)で表される化合物は、耐熱性に優れ、特に青色純度及び透過率が優れる点で好ましい。
[Compound represented by formula (I)]
First, the compound represented by the formula (I) will be described.
The 1st coloring resin composition of this invention contains the compound represented by following formula (I) as (A) dye.
The compound represented by the following formula (I) is excellent in heat resistance, and particularly preferable in terms of excellent blue purity and transmittance.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(上記式(I)中、(Zm1-は、m1価のジスルホニルイミドアニオンを表す。
 m1は1~4の整数を表す。
 R~Rは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を表す。
 隣接するR~R同士が連結して環を形成してもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 R及びRは、水素原子、又は任意の置換基を表す。
 R及びRは、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 また、上記式(I)中のベンゼン環は、更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
 R101及びR102は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
 R101とR102は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 尚、一分子中に複数の下記式(I)CAで表されるカチオン
(In the above formula (I), (Z 1 ) m1- represents an m1-valent disulfonylimide anion.
m1 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
Adjacent R 1 to R 6 may be linked to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
R 7 and R 8 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent.
R 7 and R 8 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
Moreover, the benzene ring in the above formula (I) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
R 101 and R 102 have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic ring group which may be substituted, or a fluorine atom.
R 101 and R 102 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
In addition, a plurality of cations represented by the following formula (I) CA in one molecule
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
が含まれる場合、それらは同じ構造であっても、異なる構造であってもよい。) May be the same structure or different structures. )
(R~Rについて)
 R~Rは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を表す。
 R~Rにおけるアルキル基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルキル基であって、その炭素数が通常1以上、また、通常8以下、好ましくは5以下のものが挙げられる。具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、2-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
(About R 1 to R 6 )
R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
Examples of the alkyl group in R 1 to R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups, and the number of carbon atoms is usually 1 or more, and usually 8 or less, preferably 5 or less. . Specific examples include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, 2-propyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, cyclohexyl group and the like.
 R~Rにおける芳香族環基としては、芳香族炭化水素環基及び芳香族複素環基が挙げられる。
 芳香族炭化水素環基としては、単環であっても縮合環であってもよく、環を形成する炭素数が5~18であれば特に制限はないが、例えば、1個の遊離原子価を有する、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環などの基が挙げられる。
Examples of the aromatic ring group in R 1 to R 6 include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group.
The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring, and is not particularly limited as long as it has 5 to 18 carbon atoms to form the ring. Benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, fluorene ring, and the like.
 また、芳香族複素環基としては、単環であっても縮合環であってもよく、環を形成する炭素数が3~10であれば特に制限はないが、例えば、1個の遊離原子価を有する、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、インドール環、カルバゾール環、ピロロイミダゾール環、ピロロピラゾール環、ピロロピロール環、チエノピロール環、チエノチオフェン環、フロピロール環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環、ベンゾイソオキサゾール環、ベンゾイソチアゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、シノリン環、キノキサリン環、フェナントリジン環、ペリミジン環、キナゾリン環、キナゾリノン環、アズレン環などの基が挙げられる。 The aromatic heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, and is not particularly limited as long as the number of carbon atoms forming the ring is 3 to 10. For example, one free atom Have a furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, oxadiazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole Ring, thienothiophene ring, furopyrrole ring, furofuran ring, thienofuran ring, benzisoxazole ring, benzisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, Sinoline ring, quinoxaline ring, phenanthridine ring, Rimijin ring, a quinazoline ring, a quinazolinone ring, groups such as azulene ring.
 隣接するR~R同士は連結して環を形成してもよく、更に該環は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 また、該環はヘテロ原子で架橋された環であってもよく、この具体例として、例えば以下の構造が挙げられる。
Adjacent R 1 to R 6 may be linked to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
In addition, the ring may be a ring bridged with a heteroatom, and specific examples thereof include the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 化学的安定性の点から、R~Rとして好ましくは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基であるか、或いは隣接するR~Rが互いに連結して環を形成する場合である。染料の耐熱性を向上し、得られるカラーフィルタの耐熱性が優れる点で、より好ましくは置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基である。
 R~Rが、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基である場合、超共役によりカチオン内の電荷が分散し、カチオンが安定化するものと推測される。
 また、R~Rが、置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基である場合、共役系が延長する為、カチオン内の電荷が分散して、カチオンが安定化する。このように、カチオンが安定化した結果、得られるカラーフィルタの耐熱性がより優れるものとなると考えることができる。
From the viewpoint of chemical stability, R 1 to R 6 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It is a good phenyl group, or when adjacent R 1 to R 6 are connected to each other to form a ring. From the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance of the dye and the heat resistance of the resulting color filter being excellent, more preferably, it may have a C 1-8 alkyl group or substituent which may have a substituent. It is a phenyl group.
When R 1 to R 6 are an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, it is presumed that the charges in the cation are dispersed by hyperconjugation and the cation is stabilized.
Further, when R 1 to R 6 are phenyl groups which may have a substituent, the conjugated system is extended, so that the charge in the cation is dispersed and the cation is stabilized. As described above, it can be considered that as a result of stabilization of the cation, the heat resistance of the obtained color filter is further improved.
 R~Rにおけるアルキル基、芳香族環基及び互いに連結して形成される環が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、下記(置換基群W)のものが挙げられる。
(置換基群W)
 フッ素原子、塩素原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシル基、フェニル基、メシチル基、トリル基、ナフチル基、シアノ基、アセチルオキシ基、炭素数2~9のアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、スルホン酸アミド基、炭素数2~9のスルホンアルキルアミド基、炭素数2~9のアルキルカルボニル基、フェネチル基、ヒドロキシエチル基、アセチルアミド基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が結合してなるジアルキルアミノエチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、炭素数1~8のトリアルキルシリル基、ニトロ基、炭素数1~8のアルキルチオ基。
 中でも、R~Rにおけるアルキル基、芳香族環基及び互いに連結して形成される環が有していてもよい置換基として、好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数2~8のアルコキシル基、シアノ基、アセチルオキシ基、炭素数2~8のアルキルカルボキシル基、スルホン酸アミド基、炭素数2~8のスルホンアルキルアミド基及びフッ素原子である。
Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group, the aromatic ring group, and the ring formed by being linked to each other in R 1 to R 6 may have include the following (substituent group W).
(Substituent group W)
Fluorine atom, chlorine atom, alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, phenyl group, mesityl group, tolyl group, naphthyl group, cyano group, acetyloxy Group, alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms, sulfonic acid amide group, sulfonealkylamide group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms, alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms, phenethyl group, hydroxyethyl group, acetylamide group, A dialkylaminoethyl group formed by bonding an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a trifluoromethyl group, a trialkylsilyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a nitro group, and an alkylthio group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
Among these, as the substituent that the alkyl group, aromatic ring group, and ring formed by connecting to each other in R 1 to R 6 may have, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, 2 to An alkoxyl group having 8 carbon atoms, a cyano group, an acetyloxy group, an alkyl carboxyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid amide group, a sulfone alkylamide group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a fluorine atom.
(R及びRについて)
 R及びRは、水素原子、又は任意の置換基を表す。該任意の置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基などが挙げられる。
 式(I)中のベンゼン環において、トリアリールメチン構造の中央に位置する炭素原子との結合に対し、o-位に嵩高い基が結合すると、分子の平面性が阻害され、化合物の色純度が低下する場合がある。従って、o-位には置換基を有さないか、又はハロゲン原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基で置換されていることが好ましい。
 尚、該炭素数1~8のアルキル基は、立体障害が小さい点で、更に炭素数1~4のアルキルであることが好ましい。
(About R 7 and R 8 )
R 7 and R 8 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. Examples of the optional substituent include a halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an optionally substituted aromatic ring group.
In the benzene ring in formula (I), when a bulky group is bonded at the o-position to the carbon atom located at the center of the triarylmethine structure, the planarity of the molecule is inhibited, and the color purity of the compound May decrease. Accordingly, it is preferable that the o-position does not have a substituent or is substituted with a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
The alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of small steric hindrance.
 また、R及びRは、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。該置換基としては、例えば、前記(置換基群W)の項に記載のものが挙げられる。
 R及びR同士が連結して環を形成する場合、これらはヘテロ原子で架橋された環であってもよい。
 R及びRの連結部分の構造として、例えば以下のものが挙げられる。これらの連結部分の構造は置換基を有していてもよい。
R 7 and R 8 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include those described in the above section (Substituent group W).
When R 7 and R 8 are linked to form a ring, these may be a ring bridged with a heteroatom.
Examples of the structure of the linking moiety of R 7 and R 8 include the following. The structure of these connecting portions may have a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 得られるカラーフィルタが青色である場合に、高輝度である点から、R及びR同士は互いに連結して環を形成していない方が好ましい。
 また、得られるカラーフィルタが紫色である場合に、且つ高輝度である点から、互いに連結して環を形成している方が好ましい。
When the obtained color filter is blue, it is preferable that R 7 and R 8 are not connected to each other to form a ring from the viewpoint of high luminance.
In addition, when the obtained color filter is purple, and from the viewpoint of high brightness, it is preferable that they are connected to each other to form a ring.
(R101及びR102について)
 R101及びR102は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
 アルキル基及び芳香族環基としては、前記(R~Rについて)の項で記載したものが挙げられる。
 アルケニル基としては、炭素数が通常2以上、通常6以下のものが挙げられる。具体例としては、ビニル基、アリル基、1-ブテニル基等が挙げられる。
(About R 101 and R 102 )
R 101 and R 102 have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic ring group which may be substituted, or a fluorine atom.
Examples of the alkyl group and the aromatic ring group include those described in the above section (for R 1 to R 6 ).
Examples of the alkenyl group include those having usually 2 or more and usually 6 or less carbon atoms. Specific examples include vinyl group, allyl group, 1-butenyl group and the like.
 又、R101とR102とが連結して環の一部を構成することによりトリアリールメタン構造の中心にあるsp2炭素原子と隣接するベンゼン環からなる平面に対して、R101及びR102が結合するベンゼン環がねじれの位置関係になるため、青色の吸収を有するようになり、これを用いたカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の分光特性が向上し、青色表示部材のコントラストが向上し易い点で好ましい。
 R101及びR102の連結部分の構造として、例えば以下のものが挙げられる。
Also, R 101 and R 102 are connected to form a part of the ring, so that R 101 and R 102 are in a plane composed of the benzene ring adjacent to the sp2 carbon atom at the center of the triarylmethane structure. Since the bonded benzene rings have a twisted positional relationship, they have blue absorption, which improves the spectral characteristics of the colored resin composition for color filters using the same, and easily improves the contrast of the blue display member. Is preferable.
Examples of the structure of the connecting portion of R 101 and R 102 include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 R101及びR102の連結部分の構造は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 該置換基としては、例えば、前記(置換基群W)の項で記載したものが挙げられる。
The structure of the connecting part of R 101 and R 102 may have a substituent.
Examples of the substituent include those described in the above section (Substituent group W).
 また、上記式(I)中のベンゼン環は、更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。つまり、本発明の効果を損わない範囲で、式(I)中に明記した以外の置換基を有していてもよいが、製造が容易である点から、式(I)中に明記した以外の置換基を有さない方が好ましい。
 このような置換基としては、前記(置換基群W)の項に記載の置換基が挙げられる。
Moreover, the benzene ring in the above formula (I) may further have an arbitrary substituent. That is, it may have substituents other than those specified in formula (I) within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention, but it is specified in formula (I) because it is easy to produce. It is preferable not to have any other substituent.
Examples of such a substituent include the substituents described in the above section (Substituent Group W).
[式(I-1)で表される化合物について]
 前記式(I)で表される化合物は、下記式(I-1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
[Compound represented by formula (I-1)]
The compound represented by the formula (I) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (I-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(上記式(I-1)中、R~R、R101及びR102は、前記式(I)における定義と同義である。
 上記式(I-1)中のベンゼン環は、更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
 R21及びR22は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基を表す。
 尚、R21及びR22は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。)
(In the above formula (I-1), R 1 to R 8 , R 101 and R 102 have the same definitions as in the formula (I).
The benzene ring in the above formula (I-1) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
R 21 and R 22 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. And a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have
R 21 and R 22 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. )
(R21及びR22について)
 R21及びR22は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基を表す。
 尚、R21及びR22は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 R21及びR22におけるアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルキル基及び互いに連結して形成される環が有していてもよい置換基としては、前記(置換基群W)の項で記載したものが挙げられる。
 中でも、R21及びR22におけるアルキル基、アルケニル基又はシクロアルキル基が有する置換基としては、アニオンの電荷がより非局在化して、染料の耐熱性が向上する点で、フッ素原子を置換基として有することが好ましい。
(About R 21 and R 22 )
R 21 and R 22 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. And a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have
R 21 and R 22 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may further have a substituent.
Examples of the substituent which the alkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkyl group and ring formed by connecting to each other in R 21 and R 22 may have include those described in the above (Substituent group W) section. Can be mentioned.
Among them, as the substituent of the alkyl group, alkenyl group or cycloalkyl group in R 21 and R 22 , the substituent of the fluorine atom is substituted in that the anion charge is more delocalized and the heat resistance of the dye is improved. It is preferable to have as.
 中でも、R21及びR22は、アニオンの電荷が分散されて、アニオンが安定化する点で、フッ素原子を含有する基であることが好ましく、特に炭素数1~8のパーフルオロアルキル基がであることが好ましい。
 より具体的には、前記式(I-1)で表される化合物中のアニオンすなわち、下記式(I-1)で表されるアニオン(以下、「式(I-1)で表される化合物中のアニオン」と称する場合がある)は、更に下記式(I’-1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Among them, R 21 and R 22 are preferably a group containing a fluorine atom, particularly a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, in that the anion charge is dispersed and the anion is stabilized. Preferably there is.
More specifically, an anion in the compound represented by the formula (I-1), that is, an anion represented by the following formula (I-1) A (hereinafter, represented by the formula (I-1) The “anion in the compound” is sometimes referred to as a compound represented by the following formula (I′-1) A.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(上記式(I’-1)中、n及びn’は、各々独立に、1~8の整数を表す。)
 n及びn’は、1~8の整数であり、好ましくは1~4の整数である。
 n及びn’は、同じでもよく、また異なっていてもよい。
 nとn’とが同じである場合のスルホニルイミドアニオンの具体例としては、ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホン)イミド、ビス(ペンタフルオロブタンスルホン)イミド等が挙げられる。
 nとn’とが異なる場合のスルホニルイミドアニオンの具体例としては、ペンタフルオロエタンスルホントリフルオロメタンスルホンイミド、トリフルオロメタンスルホンヘプタフルオロプロパンスルホンイミド、フルオロブタンスルホントリフルオロメタンスルホンイミド等が挙げられる。
 上記の中でも、アニオンが最も安定化するとの理由から、n=n’=2である、ビス(ペンタフルオロエタンスルホン)イミドが特に好ましい。
(In the above formula (I′-1) A , n and n ′ each independently represents an integer of 1 to 8.)
n and n ′ are an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4.
n and n ′ may be the same or different.
Specific examples of the sulfonylimide anion when n and n ′ are the same include bis (trifluoromethanesulfone) imide, bis (pentafluorobutanesulfone) imide and the like.
Specific examples of the sulfonylimide anion when n and n ′ are different include pentafluoroethanesulfone trifluoromethanesulfonimide, trifluoromethanesulfone heptafluoropropanesulfonimide, fluorobutanesulfone trifluoromethanesulfonimide, and the like.
Among these, bis (pentafluoroethanesulfone) imide, where n = n ′ = 2, is particularly preferable because the anion is most stabilized.
 一方、R21及びR22は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 環を形成している場合、R21及びR22が連結して形成される基は、特に炭素数2~12のフルオロアルキレン基であることが好ましい。
 つまり、前記式(I-1)で表される化合物中のアニオンは、下記式(I’-2)で表されるアニオンであることが好ましい。
On the other hand, R 21 and R 22 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
When forming a ring, the group formed by linking R 21 and R 22 is particularly preferably a fluoroalkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
That is, the anion in the compound represented by the formula (I-1) is preferably an anion represented by the following formula (I′-2) A.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
(上記式(I’-2)中、n’’は、2~12の整数を表す。)
 n’’は、耐熱性が良好である点で、好ましくは2~8であり、さらに好ましくは3である。
 n’’の数が小さい分子ほど、立体反発の影響が小さくなり、より強い相互作用が可能となる。即ち、n’’が小さいほど、アニオンとカチオンの相互作用が大きくなり、対イオンが安定化して染料の耐熱性が向上するものと推測される。
(In the above formula (I′-2) A , n ″ represents an integer of 2 to 12)
n ″ is preferably 2 to 8 and more preferably 3 in terms of good heat resistance.
The smaller the number of n ″, the smaller the effect of steric repulsion and the stronger the interaction. That is, it is presumed that the smaller the n ″, the greater the interaction between the anion and the cation, the more counterion is stabilized, and the heat resistance of the dye is improved.
 尚、前記式(I)で表される化合物は、例えば、R~R並びにR101及びR102から、リンカーを伸ばして、2量体や3量体などを形成していてもよい。 In the compound represented by the formula (I), for example, a dimer or a trimer may be formed by extending a linker from R 1 to R 6 and R 101 and R 102 .
(分子量)
 本発明における前記式(I)で表される化合物の分子量は、通常570以上、好ましくは840以上、また通常2600以下である。
 上記範囲内であると、溶剤に対する溶解性が良好で且つ製造が容易である点で好ましい。
(Molecular weight)
The molecular weight of the compound represented by the formula (I) in the present invention is usually 570 or more, preferably 840 or more, and usually 2600 or less.
It is preferable that it is within the above-mentioned range in terms of good solubility in a solvent and easy production.
(合成方法)
 前記式(I)で表される化合物は、例えばJ.Chem.Soc.,PerkinTrans.1998,2,297.、国際公開第2006/120205号及び国際公開第2009/107734号に記載の方法に準じて合成することができる。
(Synthesis method)
The compound represented by the formula (I) is exemplified by J.I. Chem. Soc. PerkinTrans. 1998, 2,297. Can be synthesized in accordance with the methods described in International Publication No. 2006/120205 and International Publication No. 2009/107734.
 以下に、本発明における式(I)で表される化合物の好ましい具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
[式(I)で表される化合物の具体例]
Although the preferable specific example of the compound represented by Formula (I) in this invention is shown below, this invention is not limited to these.
[Specific Examples of Compounds Represented by Formula (I)]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
(含有量)
 本発明の第1の着色樹脂組成物は、式(I)で表される化合物を、全固形分中、好ましくは、1重量%以上、より好ましくは3重量%以上、特に好ましくは5重量%以上、また好ましくは50重量%以下、より好ましくは40重量%以下、特に好ましくは30重量%以下の割合で含有する。
 上記上限以下であると、塗膜の硬化性が低下し難く、膜強度が十分であるため好ましい。また、上記下限以上であると、着色力が十分であることから、所望の濃度の色度が得られ易く、また膜厚が厚くなり難いため好ましい。
 本発明の第1の着色樹脂組成物中には、(A)染料として、化合物(I)の1種のみが含まれていてもよく、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。
 更に、他の染料の1種又は2種以上が含まれていてもよい。また、第1の着色樹脂組成物中の全(A)染料の含有量は、組成物中、好ましくは1重量%以上、又は好ましくは30重量%以下である。
 尚、本発明の第1の着色樹脂組成物において、化合物(I)の含有量は、全(A)染料の固形分中、30重量%以上であることが好ましい。
(Content)
In the first colored resin composition of the present invention, the compound represented by the formula (I) is preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 5% by weight in the total solid content. The content is preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 30% by weight or less.
It is preferable for it to be less than or equal to the above upper limit because the curability of the coating film is unlikely to decrease and the film strength is sufficient. Moreover, since it is sufficient for coloring power to be more than the said minimum, since the chromaticity of a desired density | concentration is easy to be obtained and it is hard to become thick, it is preferable.
In the 1st coloring resin composition of this invention, only 1 type of compound (I) may be contained as (A) dye, and 2 or more types may be contained.
Furthermore, 1 type (s) or 2 or more types of the other dye may be contained. Further, the content of all (A) dyes in the first colored resin composition is preferably 1% by weight or more, or preferably 30% by weight or less in the composition.
In the first colored resin composition of the present invention, the content of compound (I) is preferably 30% by weight or more in the solid content of all (A) dyes.
[式(II)で表される化合物について]
 本発明の第2の着色樹脂組成物は、下記式(II)で表される化合物を含有することにより、得られるカラーフィルタの耐熱性に優れ、また高い透過率を有する点で好ましい。
[Compound represented by formula (II)]
The 2nd colored resin composition of this invention is preferable at the point which is excellent in the heat resistance of the color filter obtained, and has the high transmittance | permeability by containing the compound represented by following formula (II).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
(上記式(II)中、(Zm2-は、m2価のジスルホニルイミドアニオンを表す。
 m2は1~4の整数を表す。
 R11~R16は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を表す。
 隣接するR11~R16同士が結合して環を形成していてもよく、該環は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 R17及びR18は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は任意の置換基を表す。
 R17及びR18は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 又、上記式(II)中のベンゼン環及びインドール環は更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
 尚、1分子中に複数の下記式(II)CAで表されるカチオン
(In the above formula (II), (Z 2 ) m2- represents an m2-valent disulfonylimide anion.
m2 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
R 11 to R 16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
Adjacent R 11 to R 16 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
R 17 and R 18 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent.
R 17 and R 18 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
Moreover, the benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
In addition, a plurality of cations represented by the following formula (II) CA in one molecule
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
が含まれる場合、それらは同じ構造であっても、異なる構造であってもよい。) May be the same structure or different structures. )
(R11~R16について)
 R11~R16は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を表す。
 炭素数1~8のアルキル基及び芳香族環基としては、前記(R~Rについて)の項で記載したものと同様である。好ましい態様も同様である。
 また、隣接するR11~R16同士、つまり、R11とR12、R13とR14及びR15とR16は、各々互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 隣接するR11~R16同士が連結して環を形成する場合、これらはヘテロ原子で架橋された環であってもよい。この環の具体例として、前記(R~Rについて)の項で記載したものと同様である。好ましい態様も同様である。
(About R 11 to R 16 )
R 11 to R 16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and the aromatic ring group are the same as those described in the above section (for R 1 to R 6 ). The preferred embodiment is also the same.
Further, adjacent R 11 to R 16 , that is, R 11 and R 12 , R 13 and R 14, and R 15 and R 16 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring is substituted. It may have a group.
When adjacent R 11 to R 16 are connected to form a ring, these may be a ring bridged with a heteroatom. Specific examples of this ring are the same as those described in the above section (for R 1 to R 6 ). The preferred embodiment is also the same.
(R17及びR18について)
 R17及びR18は、水素原子、又は任意の置換基を表す。該任意の置換基としては、前記(R及びRについて)の項に記載のものが挙げられる。
 式(II)中のベンゼン環において、トリアリールメチン構造の中央に位置する炭素原子との結合に対し、o-位に嵩高い基が結合すると、分子の平面性が阻害され、化合物の色純度が低下する場合がある。従って、o-位には置換基を有さないか、又はハロゲン原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基で置換されていることが好ましい。
(About R 17 and R 18 )
R 17 and R 18 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. Examples of the optional substituent include those described in the above section (for R 7 and R 8 ).
In the benzene ring in the formula (II), when a bulky group is bonded at the o-position to the carbon atom located at the center of the triarylmethine structure, the planarity of the molecule is inhibited, and the color purity of the compound May decrease. Therefore, it is preferable that the o-position does not have a substituent or is substituted with a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 また、R17及びR18は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。該置換基としては前記(置換基群W)の項で記載したものが挙げられる。
 R17及びR18同士が連結して環を形成する場合、これらはヘテロ原子で架橋された環であってもよく、その具体例は、前記(R及びRについて)の項で記載のものと同様である。
 得られるカラーフィルタが紫色である場合に、高輝度である点から、R及びR同士は互いに連結して環を形成していない方が好ましい。
 また、得られるカラーフィルタが赤色である場合に、高輝度である点から、互いに連結して環を形成している方が好ましい。
R 17 and R 18 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include those described in the above section (Substituent group W).
When R 17 and R 18 are connected to each other to form a ring, these may be a ring bridged with a heteroatom, and specific examples thereof are described in the above-mentioned (for R 7 and R 8 ). It is the same as that.
When the obtained color filter is purple, it is preferable that R 7 and R 8 are not connected to each other to form a ring from the viewpoint of high luminance.
In addition, when the color filter to be obtained is red, it is preferable that they are connected to each other to form a ring from the viewpoint of high luminance.
 本発明においては、R11~R18の少なくとも一つが、フッ素原子で置換された、炭素数1~8のアルキル基であることが、得られるカラーフィルタの耐熱性が優れる点で特に好ましい。
 これは、フッ素原子が分子内における正電荷領域と分子内での静電相互作用することで、カチオンがより安定化したことによるものと推測される。このことは、電気陰性度が高い基であるフッ素原子が、結合している炭素の電子を局所的に引き付け、僅かに正電荷を帯びた炭素原子を生じさせる為、カチオンが不安定化するとの予測に反するものである。
In the present invention, it is particularly preferable that at least one of R 11 to R 18 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms substituted with a fluorine atom, from the viewpoint of excellent heat resistance of the obtained color filter.
This is presumably due to the fact that the cation became more stable due to the electrostatic interaction in the molecule with the positively charged region in the molecule. This is because the fluorine atom, which is a group with high electronegativity, locally attracts the electrons of the bonded carbon and generates a slightly positively charged carbon atom, which destabilizes the cation. It is against the prediction.
 尚、式(II)中の、ベンゼン環及びインドール環は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。つまり、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、式(II)中に明記した以外の置換基を有していてもよいが、製造が容易である点から、式(II)中に明記した以外の置換基を有さない方が好ましい。
 このような置換基としては、前記(置換基群W)の項に記載の置換基が挙げられる。
In addition, the benzene ring and indole ring in the formula (II) may further have a substituent. That is, it may have a substituent other than that specified in formula (II) as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, but from the viewpoint of easy production, other than those specified in formula (II) It is preferable not to have the above substituent.
Examples of such a substituent include the substituents described in the above section (Substituent Group W).
 また、前記式(II)で表される化合物は、例えば、R11~R18から、リンカーを伸ばして、2量体又は3量体などを形成してもよい。 In addition, the compound represented by the formula (II) may be formed into a dimer or trimer by extending a linker from R 11 to R 18 , for example.
[式(II-1)で表される化合物について]
 上記式(II)で表される化合物のうち、下記式(II-1)で表される化合物が好ましい。
[Compound represented by formula (II-1)]
Of the compounds represented by the above formula (II), compounds represented by the following formula (II-1) are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
(上記式(II-1)中、R11~R18は、前記式(II)における定義と同様である。
 上記式(II-1)中のベンゼン環及びインドール環は、更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
 R31及びR32は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基を表す。
 尚、R31及びR32は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。)
(In the formula (II-1), R 11 to R 18 are the same as defined in the formula (II).
The benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II-1) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
R 31 and R 32 are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. And a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have
R 31 and R 32 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. )
(R31及びR32について)
 R31及びR32は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基を表す。
 尚、R31及びR32は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 R31及びR32は、前記式(I-1)におけるR21及びR22と同様であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 つまり、前記式(II-1)で表される化合物中のアニオンは、更に、前記式(I’-1)又は(I’-2)で表されるアニオンであることが好ましい。
(About R 31 and R 32 )
R 31 and R 32 are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. And a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have
R 31 and R 32 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
R 31 and R 32 are the same as R 21 and R 22 in the formula (I-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
That is, the anion in the compound represented by the formula (II-1) is preferably an anion represented by the formula (I′-1) A or (I′-2) A.
(合成方法)
 前記式(II)で表される化合物は、例えばJ.Chem.Soc.,PerkinTrans.1998,2,297.、国際公開第2006/120205号及び国際公開第2009/107734号に記載の方法に準じて合成することができる。
(Synthesis method)
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (II) include J.P. Chem. Soc. PerkinTrans. 1998, 2,297. Can be synthesized in accordance with the methods described in International Publication No. 2006/120205 and International Publication No. 2009/107734.
(分子量)
 本発明における前記式(II)で表される化合物の分子量は、通常600以上、好ましくは750以上、また通常2800以下である。
 上記範囲内であると、溶剤に対する溶解性が良好で且つ製造が容易である点で好ましい。
(Molecular weight)
The molecular weight of the compound represented by the formula (II) in the present invention is usually 600 or more, preferably 750 or more, and usually 2800 or less.
It is preferable that it is within the above-mentioned range in terms of good solubility in a solvent and easy production.
 以下に、本発明における式(II)で表される化合物の好ましい具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
[式(II)で表される化合物の具体例]
Although the preferable specific example of the compound represented by Formula (II) in this invention is shown below, this invention is not limited to these.
[Specific Example of Compound Represented by Formula (II)]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
(含有量)
 本発明の第2の着色樹脂組成物は、式(II)で表される化合物を、全固形分中、好ましくは、1重量%以上、より好ましくは3重量%以上、特に好ましくは5重量%以上、また好ましくは50重量%以下、より好ましくは40重量%以下、特に好ましくは30重量%以下の割合で含有する。
 上記上限以下であると、塗膜の硬化性が低下し難く、膜強度が十分であるため好ましい。また、上記下限以上であると、着色力が十分であることから、所望の濃度の色度が得られ易く、また膜厚が厚くなり難いため好ましい。
 尚、本発明の第2の着色樹脂組成物中には、(A)染料として、化合物(II)の1種のみが含まれていてもよく、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。
 更に、他の染料の1種又は2種以上が含まれていてもよいが、第2の着色樹脂組成物中の全(A)染料の含有量は、組成物中、好ましくは1重量%以上、又は好ましくは30重量%以下である。
 尚、本発明の第2の着色樹脂組成物において、化合物(II)の含有量は、全(A)染料の固形分中、30重量%以上であることが好ましい。
(Content)
In the second colored resin composition of the present invention, the compound represented by the formula (II) is preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 5% by weight in the total solid content. The content is preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 30% by weight or less.
It is preferable for it to be less than or equal to the above upper limit because the curability of the coating film is unlikely to decrease and the film strength is sufficient. Moreover, since it is sufficient for coloring power to be more than the said minimum, since the chromaticity of a desired density | concentration is easy to be obtained and it is hard to become thick, it is preferable.
In addition, in the 2nd coloring resin composition of this invention, only 1 type of compound (II) may be contained as (A) dye, and 2 or more types may be contained.
Furthermore, one or more of other dyes may be contained, but the content of all (A) dyes in the second colored resin composition is preferably 1% by weight or more in the composition. Or preferably 30% by weight or less.
In the second colored resin composition of the present invention, the content of the compound (II) is preferably 30% by weight or more in the solid content of the total (A) dye.
<式(III)で表される化合物について>
 本発明の第3の着色樹脂組成物は、(A)染料として下記式(III)で表される化合物を含有する。
 下記式(III)で表される化合物は、得られるカラーフィルタの耐熱性及び透過率が優れる点で好ましい。
<Regarding Compound Represented by Formula (III)>
The 3rd coloring resin composition of this invention contains the compound represented by following formula (III) as (A) dye.
A compound represented by the following formula (III) is preferable in that the heat resistance and transmittance of the obtained color filter are excellent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
(上記式(III)中、(Zm3-は、m3価のジスルホニルイミドアニオンを表す。
 m3は、1~4の整数を表す。
 qは、1~5の整数を表す。
 R501及びR502は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
 R51及びR52は、各々独立に、-O-、-S-、-N-、-Se-又は-CR503504-を表す。
 R503及びR504は、各々独立に,水素原子、又は炭素数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
 但し、R51及びR52が、-CR503504-である場合、R503同士が、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 環Y及びYは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を表す。
 但し、環Y及びYにおけるベンゼン環及びナフタレン環は、置換基としてニトロ基及びパーフルオロ基を有さない。)
(In the above formula (III), (Z 3 ) m3- represents an m3-valent disulfonylimide anion.
m3 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
q represents an integer of 1 to 5.
R 501 and R 502 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R 51 and R 52 each independently represents —O—, —S—, —N—, —Se— or —CR 503 R 504 —.
R 503 and R 504 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
However, when R 51 and R 52 are —CR 503 R 504 —, R 503 may be linked to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
Rings Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an optionally substituted benzene ring or naphthalene ring.
However, the benzene ring and naphthalene ring in the rings Y 1 and Y 2 do not have a nitro group or a perfluoro group as a substituent. )
(qについて)
 qは、1~5の整数であり、染料の耐熱性が良好である点で、1~3が特に好ましい。
(About q)
q is an integer of 1 to 5, and 1 to 3 is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of good heat resistance of the dye.
(R501及びR502について)
 R501及びR502は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい、炭素数1~20の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
 脂肪族炭化水素基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、ビニル基、エチニル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、イソプロペニル基、1-プロペニル基、2-プロペニル基、2-プロピニル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、2-ブテニル基、1,3-ブタジエニル基、ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、1-メチルペンチル基、2-メチルペンチル基、2-ペンテン-4-イニル基、ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基、5-メチルヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基等が挙げられる。
 また、脂肪族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、フェニル基、o-トリル基、m-トリル基、p-トリル基、キシリル基、メシチル基、o-クメニル基、m-クメニル基、p-クメニル基などの芳香族炭化水素基;メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、ブトキシ基、イソブトキシ基、sec-ブトキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基、ペンチルオキシ基、フェノキシ基、ベンジルオキシ基などのアルコキシ基;フルオロ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、ヨード基などのハロゲン基;さらには、カルボキシ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基等が挙げられる。
 R501及びR502は、それぞれ、炭素数1~8のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
 R501及びR502が有していてもよい置換基としては、前記(置換基群W)の項に記載のものが挙げられる。
(About R 501 and R 502 )
R 501 and R 502 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a vinyl group, an ethynyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an isopropenyl group, a 1-propenyl group, a 2-propenyl group, a 2-propynyl group, a butyl group, Isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, 2-butenyl group, 1,3-butadienyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, 1-methylpentyl group, 2-methylpentyl group 2-pentene-4-ynyl group, hexyl group, isohexyl group, 5-methylhexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group and the like.
Examples of the substituent that the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have include, for example, a phenyl group, o-tolyl group, m-tolyl group, p-tolyl group, xylyl group, mesityl group, o-cumenyl group, aromatic hydrocarbon groups such as m-cumenyl group and p-cumenyl group; methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, isopropoxy group, butoxy group, isobutoxy group, sec-butoxy group, tert-butoxy group, pentyloxy group, Examples include alkoxy groups such as phenoxy group and benzyloxy group; halogen groups such as fluoro group, chloro group, bromo group and iodo group; and further, carboxy group, nitro group, cyano group and the like.
R 501 and R 502 are each preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
Examples of the substituent that R 501 and R 502 may have include those described in the above section (Substituent group W).
(R51及びR52について)
 R51及びR52は、各々独立に、-O-、-S-、-N-、-Se-又は-CR503504-を表す。
 R503及びR504は、各々独立に,水素原子、又は炭素数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
 但し、R51及びR52が、-CR503504-である場合、R503同士が、互いに連結して、環を形成していてもよい。
 R51とR52との連結部分の構造として、例えば以下のものが挙げられるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
(About R 51 and R 52 )
R 51 and R 52 each independently represents —O—, —S—, —N—, —Se— or —CR 503 R 504 —.
R 503 and R 504 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
However, when R 51 and R 52 are —CR 503 R 504 —, R 503s may be connected to each other to form a ring.
Examples of the structure of the connecting portion of R 51 and R 52 include the following, but the present invention is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 尚、R503及びR504における脂肪族炭化水素基が互いに連結して形成していてもよい環が有していてもよい置換基としては、前記(置換基群W)の項で記載のものが挙げられる。 In addition, as the substituent which the aliphatic hydrocarbon group in R 503 and R 504 may have formed by mutual connection, the substituent described in the above (Substituent group W) may be included. Is mentioned.
(環Y及びYについて)
 環Y及びYは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を表す。
 但し、環Y及びYにおけるベンゼン環及びナフタレン環が有していてもよい置換基として、ニトロ基及びパーフルオロアルキル基を除く。
 これは、ニトロ基やパーフルオロアルキル基を置換基として有していると、前記式(III)で表される化合物は、組成物又は膜中で凝集体を形成し易く、これより得られるカラーフィルタの輝度が低下し易くなる為である。
 また、ニトロ基やパーフルオロアルキル基は、周辺分子から電子を受け取り易く、これより前記式(III)で表される化合物としては分解が起きやすく、これを用いて得られるカラーフィルタの耐熱性が低下しやすくなるからである。
(About rings Y 1 and Y 2 )
Rings Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an optionally substituted benzene ring or naphthalene ring.
However, a nitro group and a perfluoroalkyl group are excluded as substituents that the benzene ring and naphthalene ring in the rings Y 1 and Y 2 may have.
This is because when the compound represented by the formula (III) has a nitro group or a perfluoroalkyl group as a substituent, it easily forms an aggregate in the composition or film, and the color obtained therefrom This is because the brightness of the filter tends to decrease.
In addition, nitro groups and perfluoroalkyl groups are easy to accept electrons from surrounding molecules, and as a result, the compounds represented by the formula (III) are likely to be decomposed, and the heat resistance of the color filter obtained using them is improved. This is because it tends to decrease.
 前記式(III)で表される化合物は、R51、R52、R501及びR502から、リンカーを伸ばして、2量体又は3量体などを形成してもよい。
 尚、上記式(III)で表される化合物において、カチオン部位はシス-トランス異性体が存在するが、いずれの異性体であってもよい。
The compound represented by the formula (III) may form a dimer or trimer from R 51 , R 52 , R 501 and R 502 by extending a linker.
In the compound represented by the above formula (III), the cation moiety has a cis-trans isomer, but any isomer may be used.
[式(III-1)で表される化合物について]
 前記式(III)で表される化合物は、下記式(III-1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
[Compound represented by formula (III-1)]
The compound represented by the formula (III) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (III-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
(上記式(III-1)中、q、R51及びR52、R501及びR502、並びに環Y及びYは前記式(III)における定義と同義である。
 R41及びR42は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基を表す。
 尚、R41及びR42は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は、置換基を有していてもよい。)
(In the above formula (III-1), q, R 51 and R 52 , R 501 and R 502 , and rings Y 1 and Y 2 have the same definitions as in formula (III)).
R 41 and R 42 each independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. And a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have
R 41 and R 42 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. )
(R41及びR42について)
 R41及びR42は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基を表す。
 尚、R41及びR42は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 R41及びR42は、前記式(I-1)におけるR21及びR22と同様であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 即ち、R41及びR42は、アニオンの電荷が分散されて、アニオンが安定化する点で、フッ素原子を有する基であることが好ましく、特が炭素数1~8のパーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 つまり、前記式(III-1)で表される化合物中のアニオンは、更に前記式(I’-1)又は(I’-2)で表されるアニオンであることが好ましい。
(For R 41 and R 42)
R 41 and R 42 each independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. And a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have
R 41 and R 42 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
R 41 and R 42 are the same as R 21 and R 22 in the formula (I-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
That is, R 41 and R 42 are preferably a group having a fluorine atom from the viewpoint that the charge of the anion is dispersed and the anion is stabilized, and particularly a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. It is preferable.
That is, the anion in the compound represented by the formula (III-1) is preferably an anion represented by the formula (I′-1) A or (I′-2) A.
(合成方法)
 前記式(III)で表される化合物は、例えばJ.Chem.Soc.,PerkinTrans.1998,2,297.、国際公開第2006/120205号及び国際公開第2009/107734号に記載の方法に準じて合成することができる。
(Synthesis method)
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (III) include J.M. Chem. Soc. PerkinTrans. 1998, 2,297. Can be synthesized in accordance with the methods described in International Publication No. 2006/120205 and International Publication No. 2009/107734.
(分子量)
 本発明における前記式(III)で表される化合物の分子量は、通常550以上、好ましくは600以上、また通常2100以下である。
 上記範囲内であると、溶剤に対する溶解性が良好で且つ製造が容易である点で好ましい。
(Molecular weight)
The molecular weight of the compound represented by the formula (III) in the present invention is usually 550 or more, preferably 600 or more, and usually 2100 or less.
It is preferable that it is within the above-mentioned range in terms of good solubility in a solvent and easy production.
 以下に、本発明における式(III)で表される化合物の好ましい具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
[式(III)で表される化合物の具体例]
Although the preferable specific example of the compound represented by Formula (III) in this invention is shown below, this invention is not limited to these.
[Specific Example of Compound Represented by Formula (III)]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
(含有量)
 本発明の第3の着色樹脂組成物は、式(III)で表される化合物を、全固形分中、好ましくは、1重量%以上、より好ましくは3重量%以上、特に好ましくは5重量%以上、また好ましくは50重量%以下、より好ましくは40重量%以下、特に好ましくは30重量%以下含有する。
 上記上限以下であると、塗膜の硬化性が低下し難く、膜強度が十分であるため好ましい。また、上記下限以上であると、着色力が十分であることから、所望の濃度の色度が得られ易く、また膜厚が厚くなり難いため好ましい。
 尚、本発明の第3の着色樹脂組成物中には、(A)染料として、化合物(III)の1種のみが含まれていてもよく、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。
 更に、他の染料の1種又は2種以上が含まれていてもよいが、第3の着色樹脂組成物中の全(A)染料の含有量は、組成物中、好ましくは1重量%以上、又は好ましくは30重量%以下である。
 尚、本発明の第3の着色樹脂組成物において、化合物(III)の含有量は、全(A)染料の固形分中、30重量%以上であることが好ましい。
(Content)
In the third colored resin composition of the present invention, the compound represented by the formula (III) is preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 5% by weight in the total solid content. The content is preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 30% by weight or less.
It is preferable for it to be less than or equal to the above upper limit because the curability of the coating film is unlikely to decrease and the film strength is sufficient. Moreover, since it is sufficient for coloring power to be more than the said minimum, since the chromaticity of a desired density | concentration is easy to be obtained and it is hard to become thick, it is preferable.
In addition, in the 3rd coloring resin composition of this invention, only 1 type of compound (III) may be contained as (A) dye, and 2 or more types may be contained.
Furthermore, one or more of other dyes may be contained, but the content of all (A) dyes in the third colored resin composition is preferably 1% by weight or more in the composition. Or preferably 30% by weight or less.
In the third colored resin composition of the present invention, the content of the compound (III) is preferably 30% by weight or more in the solid content of the total (A) dye.
[第4の態様に係る(A)染料]
 本発明の第4の着色樹脂組成物に含有される(A)染料は、カチオンとアニオンからなる対イオンを含有し、該アニオンの分子量が150以上、600以下で、且つ該対イオンが下記式(1)~(3)の関係を満たす化合物(IV)である。
[(A) Dye according to Fourth Embodiment]
The (A) dye contained in the fourth colored resin composition of the present invention contains a counter ion composed of a cation and an anion, the molecular weight of the anion is 150 or more and 600 or less, and the counter ion is represented by the following formula: Compound (IV) that satisfies the relationships (1) to (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000051
(上記式中、
 IPcationは、前記カチオンのイオン化ポテンシャル(hartree)を表し、
 EAcationは、前記カチオンの電子親和力(hartree)を表し、
 IPanionは、前記アニオンのイオン化ポテンシャル(hartree)を表し、
 EAanionは、前記アニオンの電子親和力(hartree)を表す。)
(In the above formula,
IP cation represents the ionization potential of the cation,
EA cation represents the electron affinity of the cation,
IP anion represents the ionization potential (hartree) of the anion,
EA anion represents the electron affinity of the anion. )
 上記構成とすることで、特に耐熱性に優れる理由について下記の通り推測する。
 式(2)は、対イオン中のカチオンにおける電子の局在化の程度を表し、また式(3)は対イオン中のアニオンにおける電子の局在化の程度を表す。
 対イオンの場合、アニオンとカチオンの、電子の局在化の程度が近いもの同士の方が、アニオンとカチオンの相互作用がより強くなる傾向がある。つまり、式(1)は、アニオンとカチオンの局在化の程度の差を示しており、より局在化の程度が近いもの同士の組合せであることを意味している。
 更に、アニオンとカチオンの局在化の程度が近いもの同士であっても、アニオンが大きいとカチオンとの最適な結合がし難く、耐熱性向上につながり難い。その為、アニオンの分子量を150以上、600以下としている。
By setting it as the said structure, it estimates as follows about the reason which is excellent in heat resistance especially.
Equation (2) represents the degree of electron localization in the cation in the counter ion, and Equation (3) represents the degree of electron localization in the anion in the counter ion.
In the case of a counter ion, the anion and cation having closer electron localization tend to have stronger interaction between the anion and cation. That is, the formula (1) indicates a difference in the degree of localization between the anion and the cation, and means that the combinations are closer to each other.
Furthermore, even if the anion and the cation are close to each other, if the anion is large, it is difficult to optimally bond with the cation and it is difficult to improve the heat resistance. Therefore, the molecular weight of the anion is set to 150 or more and 600 or less.
 本発明の化合物(IV)とするには、アニオンの分子量を150以上、600以下となるようにし、且つ、上記(1)~(3)を満たす様に、公知の材料から適宜選択すればよい。 The compound (IV) of the present invention may be appropriately selected from known materials so that the molecular weight of the anion is 150 or more and 600 or less and satisfies the above (1) to (3). .
 本発明において、イオン化ポテンシャル及び電子親和力は、HF/6-31G(D)の計算レベルで分子構造の最適化を行い、得られたHOMO及びLUMOのエネルギーを、各々イオン化ポテンシャル(hartree)及び電子親和力(hartree)とした。
 尚、イオン化ポテンシャル及び電子親和力を計算する際は、カチオン及びアニオンを個別に計算する。
In the present invention, the ionization potential and the electron affinity are optimized for the molecular structure at the calculation level of HF / 6-31G (D), and the obtained HOMO and LUMO energies are converted into the ionization potential and the electron affinity, respectively. (Hartley).
In calculating the ionization potential and the electron affinity, cations and anions are calculated separately.
 カチオンとしては、例えば「Industrial Dyes -Chemistry, Properties, Applications-(Wiley-VCH, 2003年、Klaus Hunger編集)」等に記載されている染料から、前記式(3)を満たすものを選択する。
 より具体的には、トリアリールメタン類、シアニン類、スチリル類、アジン類等の色素骨格(Chromophore)を有する化合物が挙げられ、所望する色により適宜選択することができる。
As the cation, for example, a dye satisfying the above formula (3) is selected from the dyes described in “Industrial Dyes—Chemistry, Properties, Applications— (Wiley-VCH, 2003, edited by Klaus Hunger)”.
More specifically, compounds having a dye skeleton (Chromophore) such as triarylmethanes, cyanines, styryls and azines can be mentioned, and can be appropriately selected depending on a desired color.
 アニオンの候補としては、前記式(2)、且つ分子量が150以上、600以下のものから、更にカチオンとの関係で、式(1)を満たす様に選択すればよい。
 アニオンの分子量は、通常150以上、好ましくは200以上、更に好ましくは250以上、また通常600以下、好ましくは500以下である。
 上記範囲内であると、本発明の効果が良好に得られる点で好ましい。
The anion candidates may be selected from the formula (2) and those having a molecular weight of 150 or more and 600 or less so as to satisfy the formula (1) in relation to the cation.
The molecular weight of the anion is usually 150 or more, preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more, and usually 600 or less, preferably 500 or less.
Within the above range, it is preferable in that the effect of the present invention can be obtained satisfactorily.
 また、本発明における化合物(IV)の分子量は、好ましくは570以上、更に好ましくは600以上、また通常3000以下である。
 上記範囲内であると、溶剤に対する溶解性が良好で且つ製造が容易である点で好ましい。
Further, the molecular weight of the compound (IV) in the present invention is preferably 570 or more, more preferably 600 or more, and usually 3000 or less.
It is preferable that it is within the above-mentioned range in terms of good solubility in a solvent and easy production.
 該化合物(IV)は、更に、カチオンが、下記式(I-2)CA又は(II-2)CAで表される化合物であることが好ましい。 In the compound (IV), the cation is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (I-2) CA or (II-2) CA.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 (上記式(I-2)CA中、R61~R66は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を表す。
 隣接するR61~R66同士が連結して環を形成してもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 R67及びR68は、水素原子、又は任意の置換基を表す。
 R67及びR68は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 また、上記式(I-2)CA中のベンゼン環は、更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
 R601及びR602は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
 R601とR602は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。)
(In the above formula (I-2) CA , R 61 to R 66 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic ring group which may be substituted.
Adjacent R 61 to R 66 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
R 67 and R 68 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent.
R 67 and R 68 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
Further, the benzene ring in the above formula (I-2) CA may further have an arbitrary substituent.
R 601 and R 602 have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic ring group which may be substituted, or a fluorine atom.
R 601 and R 602 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
(上記式(II-2)CA中、R71~R76は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を表す。
 隣接するR71~R76同士が、連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 R77及びR78は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は任意の置換基を表す。
 R77及びR88は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 又、上記式(II-2)CA中のベンゼン環及びインドール環は更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。)
(In the above formula (II-2) CA , R 71 to R 76 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring which may have a substituent. Represents a group.
Adjacent R 71 to R 76 may be linked to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
R 77 and R 78 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent.
R 77 and R 88 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
Further, the benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II-2) CA may further have an arbitrary substituent. )
 上記式(I-2)CA及び(II-2)CAで表される化合物の態様は、各々[式(I)で表される化合物]におけるカチオン及び[式(II)で表される化合物]におけるカチオンの態様と同様である。好ましい態様も同様である。
 つまり、前記式(I-2)CAで表される化合物におけるR61~R66は、[式(I)で表される化合物]におけるカチオンのR~Rと、R67及びR68は、R及びRと、R601及びR602はR101及びR102の態様と各々同じである。
 また、前記式(II-2)CAで表される化合物におけるR71~R76は[式(II)で表される化合物]におけるカチオンのR11~R16と、R77及びR88はR17及びR18の態様と各々同じである。
The embodiments of the compound represented by the above formula (I-2) CA and (II-2) CA are the cation in [compound represented by formula (I)] and the [compound represented by formula (II)], respectively. This is the same as the embodiment of the cation in. The preferred embodiment is also the same.
That is, R 61 to R 66 in the compound represented by the formula (I-2) CA are cation R 1 to R 6 , R 67 and R 68 in [Compound represented by the formula (I)]. , R 7 and R 8 and R 601 and R 602 are the same as the embodiments of R 101 and R 102 , respectively.
In addition, R 71 to R 76 in the compound represented by the formula (II-2) CA are cation R 11 to R 16 in the [compound represented by the formula (II)], and R 77 and R 88 are R Each of the embodiments 17 and R 18 is the same.
 本発明においては、前記式(I)で表される化合物及び前記式(II)で表される化合物において、更に前記式(1)~(3)の関係を満たすことが好ましい。 In the present invention, the compound represented by the formula (I) and the compound represented by the formula (II) preferably further satisfy the relations of the formulas (1) to (3).
(含有量)
 本発明の第4の着色樹脂組成物は、化合物(IV)を、全固形分中、好ましくは、1重量%以上、より好ましくは3重量%以上、特に好ましくは5重量%以上、また好ましくは50重量%以下、より好ましくは40重量%以下、特に好ましくは30重量%以下含有する。
 上記上限以下であると、塗膜の硬化性が低下し難く、膜強度が十分であるため好ましい。また、上記下限以上であると、着色力が十分であることから、所望の濃度の色度が得られ易く、また膜厚が厚くなり難いため好ましい。
 尚、本発明の第4の着色樹脂組成物中には、(A)染料として、化合物(IV)の1種のみが含まれていてもよく、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。
 更に、他の染料の1種又は2種以上が含まれていてもよいが、第1の着色樹脂組成物中の全(A)染料の含有量は、組成物中、好ましくは1重量%以上、又は好ましくは30重量%以下である。
 尚、本発明の第4の着色樹脂組成物において、化合物(IV)の含有量は、全(A)染料の固形分中、30重量%以上であることが好ましい。
(Content)
In the fourth colored resin composition of the present invention, the compound (IV) is preferably added in an amount of 1% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, particularly preferably 5% by weight or more, based on the total solid content. 50 wt% or less, more preferably 40 wt% or less, particularly preferably 30 wt% or less.
It is preferable for it to be less than or equal to the above upper limit because the curability of the coating film is unlikely to decrease and the film strength is sufficient. Moreover, since it is sufficient for coloring power to be more than the said minimum, since the chromaticity of a desired density | concentration is easy to be obtained and it is hard to become thick, it is preferable.
In addition, in the 4th colored resin composition of this invention, only 1 type of compound (IV) may be contained as (A) dye, and 2 or more types may be contained.
Furthermore, one or more of other dyes may be contained, but the content of all (A) dyes in the first colored resin composition is preferably 1% by weight or more in the composition. Or preferably 30% by weight or less.
In addition, in the 4th colored resin composition of this invention, it is preferable that content of compound (IV) is 30 weight% or more in solid content of all the (A) dyes.
[(C)バインダー樹脂]
 (C)バインダー樹脂は、着色樹脂組成物の硬化手段により好ましいものが異なる。
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物が光重合性樹脂組成物である場合、(C)バインダー樹脂としては、例えば日本国特開平7-207211号公報、日本国特開平8-259876号公報、日本国特開平10-300922号公報、日本国特開平11-140144号公報、日本国特開平11-174224号公報、日本国特開2000-56118号公報、日本国特開2003-233179号公報などの各公報等に記載される高分子化合物を使用することができるが、中でも好ましくは下記(C-1)~(C-5)の樹脂などが挙げられる。
[(C) Binder resin]
(C) What preferable binder resin changes with the hardening means of a colored resin composition.
When the colored resin composition of the present invention is a photopolymerizable resin composition, examples of the (C) binder resin include, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 7-207211, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-259876, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 10-300922, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 11-14144, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 11-174224, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2000-56118, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-233179, etc. Among them, preferred are the following compounds (C-1) to (C-5).
 (C-1):エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと、他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合体に対し、該共重合体が有するエポキシ基の少なくとも一部に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させてなる樹脂、又は該付加反応により生じた水酸基の少なくとも一部に多塩基酸無水物を付加させて得られる、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(以下、「樹脂(C-1)」と称す場合がある。)
 (C-2):カルボキシル基含有直鎖状アルカリ可溶性樹脂(C-2)(以下、「樹脂(C-2)」と称す場合がある。)
 (C-3):前記樹脂(C-2)のカルボキシル基部分に、エポキシ基含有不飽和化合物を付加させた樹脂(以下「樹脂(C-3)」と称す場合がある。)
 (C-4):(メタ)アクリル系樹脂(以下、「樹脂(C-4)」と称す場合がある。)
 (C-5):カルボキシル基を有するエポキシアクリレート樹脂(以下「樹脂(C-5)と称す場合がある。)
 このうち特に好ましくは樹脂(C-1)が挙げられ、以下該樹脂について説明する。
(C-1): An unsaturated monobasic acid is added to at least a part of the epoxy group of the copolymer with respect to the copolymer of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and another radical polymerizable monomer. In some cases, it is referred to as an alkali-soluble resin (hereinafter referred to as “resin (C-1)”) obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to at least a part of a hydroxyl group generated by the addition reaction or the hydroxyl group generated by the addition reaction. .)
(C-2): Carboxyl group-containing linear alkali-soluble resin (C-2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “resin (C-2)”)
(C-3): A resin obtained by adding an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound to the carboxyl group portion of the resin (C-2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “resin (C-3)”).
(C-4): (Meth) acrylic resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “resin (C-4)”)
(C-5): Epoxy acrylate resin having a carboxyl group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “resin (C-5)”)
Of these, the resin (C-1) is particularly preferable, and the resin will be described below.
 尚、樹脂(C-2)~(C-5)は、アルカリ性の現像液によって溶解され、目的とする現像処理が遂行される程度に溶解性を有するものであれば何でもよく、各々、日本国特開2009-025813号公報の同項目として記載のものと同様である。好ましい態様も同様である。 The resins (C-2) to (C-5) may be anything as long as they are dissolved by an alkaline developer and are soluble to the extent that the intended development processing is performed. This is the same as that described as the same item in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-025813. The preferred embodiment is also the same.
(C-1):エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと、他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合体に対し、該共重合体が有するエポキシ基の少なくとも一部に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させてなる樹脂、或いは該付加反応により生じた水酸基の少なくとも一部に多塩基酸無水物を付加させて得られるアルカリ可溶性樹脂
 樹脂(C-1)の特に好ましい樹脂の一つとして、エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート5~90モル%と、他のラジカル重合性単量体10~95モル%との共重合体に対し、該共重合体が有するエポキシ基の10~100モル%に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させてなる樹脂、或いは該付加反応により生じた水酸基の10~100モル%に多塩基酸無水物を付加させて得られるアルカリ可溶性樹脂が挙げられる。
(C-1): An unsaturated monobasic acid is added to at least a part of the epoxy group of the copolymer with respect to the copolymer of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and another radical polymerizable monomer. As one of particularly preferable resins of the alkali-soluble resin resin (C-1) obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to at least a part of the hydroxyl group generated by the addition reaction, an epoxy group Unsaturated in 10 to 100 mol% of the epoxy groups of the copolymer with respect to a copolymer of 5 to 90 mol% of (meth) acrylate and 10 to 95 mol% of other radical polymerizable monomer Examples thereof include a resin obtained by adding a monobasic acid, or an alkali-soluble resin obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to 10 to 100 mol% of a hydroxyl group generated by the addition reaction.
 そのエポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4-エポキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレートグリシジルエーテル等が例示できる。中でもグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。これらのエポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 Examples of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl (meth) acrylate, (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate. ) Acrylate glycidyl ether and the like. Of these, glycidyl (meth) acrylate is preferred. These epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 上記エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと共重合させる他のラジカル重合性単量体としては、本発明の効果を損わない限り特に制限はなく、例えば、ビニル芳香族類、ジエン類、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル類、(メタ)アクリル酸アミド類、ビニル化合物類、不飽和ジカルボン酸ジエステル類、モノマレイミド類などが挙げられるが、特に下記式(7)で表される構造を有するモノ(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。 The other radical polymerizable monomer copolymerized with the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. For example, vinyl aromatics, dienes, (meth) Examples include acrylic acid esters, (meth) acrylic acid amides, vinyl compounds, unsaturated dicarboxylic acid diesters, monomaleimides, and the like, and in particular, mono (meth) having a structure represented by the following formula (7) Acrylate is preferred.
 下記式(7)で表される構造を有するモノ(メタ)アクリレートに由来する繰返し単位は、「他のラジカル重合性単量体」に由来する繰返し単位中、5~90モル%含有するものが好ましく、10~70モル%含有するものが更に好ましく、15~50モル%含有するものが特に好ましい。 The repeating unit derived from mono (meth) acrylate having a structure represented by the following formula (7) contains 5 to 90 mol% of repeating units derived from “other radical polymerizable monomers”. Those containing 10 to 70 mol% are more preferable, and those containing 15 to 50 mol% are particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 上記式(7)中、R89は水素原子又はメチル基を示し、R90は下記式(8)で表される構造を示す。 In the above formula (7), R 89 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 90 represents a structure represented by the following formula (8).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 上記式(8)中、R91~R98は、各々独立に、水素原子又は炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表す。尚、R96とR98とが、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 R96とR98が連結して形成される環は、脂肪族環であるのが好ましく、飽和又は不飽和のいずれでもよく、更に炭素数は5~6であることが好ましい。
In the above formula (8), R 91 to R 98 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. R 96 and R 98 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
The ring formed by connecting R 96 and R 98 is preferably an aliphatic ring, which may be saturated or unsaturated, and preferably has 5 to 6 carbon atoms.
 中でも、式(8)で表される構造中、特に下記構造式(8a)、(8b)、又は(8c)で表されるものが好ましい。 Among them, among the structures represented by the formula (8), those represented by the following structural formulas (8a), (8b), or (8c) are particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 尚、前記式(8)で表される構造を有するモノ(メタ)アクリレートは、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 In addition, the mono (meth) acrylate which has a structure represented by the said Formula (8) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
 前記式(8)で表される構造を有するモノ(メタ)アクリレート以外の、「他のラジカル重合性単量体」としては、着色樹脂組成物に優れた耐熱性及び強度を向上しうる点で、スチレン、(メタ)アクリル酸-n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボロニル、(メタ)アクリル酸アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-ヒドロキシエチル、N-フェニルマレイミド、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド、が挙げられる。 As "other radical polymerizable monomers" other than the mono (meth) acrylate having the structure represented by the formula (8), the heat resistance and strength excellent in the colored resin composition can be improved. , Styrene, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate , (Meth) acrylic acid-2-hydroxyethyl, N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide.
 上記モノマー群から選択された少なくとも1種に由来する繰返し単位の含有量が、1~70モル%であるものが好ましく、3~50モル%であるものが更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit derived from at least one selected from the above monomer group is preferably 1 to 70 mol%, more preferably 3 to 50 mol%.
 尚、前記エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと、前記他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合反応には、公知の溶液重合法が適用される。 In addition, a well-known solution polymerization method is applied to the copolymerization reaction of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and the other radical polymerizable monomer.
 本発明において、前記エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと前記他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合体としては、エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートに由来する繰返し単位5~90モル%と、他のラジカル重合性単量体に由来する繰返し単位10~95モル%と、からなるものが好ましく、前者20~80モル%と、後者80~20モル%とからなるものが更に好ましく、前者30~70モル%と、後者70~30モル%とからなるものが特に好ましい。 In the present invention, the copolymer of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and the other radical polymerizable monomer may include 5 to 90 mol% of repeating units derived from the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate, and the like. Are preferably composed of 10 to 95 mol% of repeating units derived from the radical polymerizable monomer, more preferably 20 to 80 mol% of the former and 80 to 20 mol% of the latter, and 30 to Those composed of 70 mol% and the latter 70 to 30 mol% are particularly preferred.
 上記範囲内であると、後述の重合性成分及びアルカリ可溶性成分の付加量が十分であり、また、耐熱性や膜の強度が十分であるため好ましい。 Within the above range, the addition amount of the polymerizable component and alkali-soluble component described later is sufficient, and the heat resistance and the strength of the film are sufficient, which is preferable.
 上記の様に合成された、エポキシ基含有共重合体のエポキシ基部分に、不飽和一塩基酸(重合性成分)と、更に多塩基酸無水物(アルカリ可溶性成分)とを反応させる。 The unsaturated monobasic acid (polymerizable component) and further the polybasic acid anhydride (alkali-soluble component) are reacted with the epoxy group portion of the epoxy group-containing copolymer synthesized as described above.
 ここで、エポキシ基に付加させる不飽和一塩基酸としては、公知のものを使用することができ、例えば、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する不飽和カルボン酸が挙げられる。
 具体例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸、クロトン酸、o-、m-、p-ビニル安息香酸、α-位がハロアルキル基、アルコキシル基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、又はシアノ基などで置換された(メタ)アクリル酸等のモノカルボン酸等が挙げられる。中でも好ましくは(メタ)アクリル酸である。これらは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 このような成分を付加させることにより、本発明で用いるバインダー樹脂に重合性を付与することができる。
Here, as an unsaturated monobasic acid added to an epoxy group, a well-known thing can be used, For example, unsaturated carboxylic acid which has an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is mentioned.
Specific examples include (meth) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-, m-, p-vinylbenzoic acid, α-position substituted with a haloalkyl group, an alkoxyl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, or a cyano group. And monocarboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid. Of these, (meth) acrylic acid is preferred. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
By adding such components, polymerizability can be imparted to the binder resin used in the present invention.
 これらの不飽和一塩基酸は、通常、前記共重合体が有するエポキシ基の10~100モル%に付加させるが、好ましくは30~100モル%、より好ましくは50~100モル%に付加させる。前記範囲内であると、着色樹脂組成物の経時安定性に優れるため好ましい。尚、共重合体のエポキシ基に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させる方法としては、公知の方法を採用することができる。 These unsaturated monobasic acids are usually added to 10 to 100 mol% of the epoxy group of the copolymer, preferably 30 to 100 mol%, more preferably 50 to 100 mol%. It is preferable for it to be in the above range since the colored resin composition is excellent in stability over time. In addition, a well-known method is employable as a method of adding unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy group of a copolymer.
 更に、共重合体のエポキシ基に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させたときに生じる水酸基に付加させる多塩基酸無水物としては、公知のものが使用できる。
 例えば、無水マレイン酸、無水コハク酸、無水イタコン酸、無水フタル酸、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、ヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、無水クロレンド酸等の二塩基酸無水物;無水トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸、ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸無水物、ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸無水物等の三塩基以上の酸の無水物が挙げられる。中でも、無水コハク酸及びテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸が好ましい。これらの多塩基酸無水物は1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 このような成分を付加させることにより、本発明で用いるバインダー樹脂にアルカリ可溶性を付与することができる。
Furthermore, a well-known thing can be used as a polybasic acid anhydride added to the hydroxyl group produced when an unsaturated monobasic acid is added to the epoxy group of a copolymer.
For example, dibasic acid anhydrides such as maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride; trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, benzophenone Examples thereof include anhydrides of three or more bases such as tetracarboxylic acid anhydride and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid anhydride. Of these, succinic anhydride and tetrahydrophthalic anhydride are preferred. These polybasic acid anhydrides may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
By adding such a component, alkali solubility can be imparted to the binder resin used in the present invention.
 これらの多塩基酸無水物は、通常、前記共重合体が有するエポキシ基に、不飽和一塩基酸を付加させることにより生じる水酸基の10~100モル%に付加させるが、好ましくは20~90モル%、より好ましくは30~80モル%に付加させる。
 上記範囲内であると、現像時の残膜率及び溶解性が十分であるため好ましい。
 尚、当該水酸基に多塩基酸無水物を付加させる方法としては、公知の方法を採用することができる。
These polybasic acid anhydrides are usually added to 10 to 100 mol% of the hydroxyl group generated by adding an unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy group of the copolymer, preferably 20 to 90 mol. %, More preferably 30 to 80 mol%.
Within the above range, the remaining film ratio and solubility during development are sufficient, which is preferable.
In addition, a well-known method is employable as a method of adding a polybasic acid anhydride to the said hydroxyl group.
 更に、光感度を向上させるために、前述の多塩基酸無水物を付加させた後、生成したカルボキシル基の一部にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートや重合性不飽和基を有するグリシジルエーテル化合物を付加させてもよい。このような樹脂の構造に関しては、例えば日本国特開平8-297366号公報や日本国特開2001-89533号公報に記載されている。 Furthermore, in order to improve photosensitivity, after adding the above-mentioned polybasic acid anhydride, glycidyl (meth) acrylate or a glycidyl ether compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group is added to a part of the generated carboxyl group. May be. The structure of such a resin is described in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-297366 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-89533.
 上述のバインダー樹脂(C-1)の、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)で測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、3000~100000が好ましく、5000~50000が特に好ましい。上記範囲内であると、耐熱性や膜強度、更に現像液に対する溶解性が良好である点で好ましい。
 また、分子量分布の目安として、重量平均分子量(Mw)/数平均分子量(Mn)の比は、2.0~5.0が好ましい。
 なお、バインダー樹脂(C-1)の酸価は、通常10~200mg-KOH/g、好ましくは15~150mg-KOH/g、更に好ましくは25~100mg-KOH/gである。酸価が低くなりすぎると、現像液に対する溶解性が低下する場合がある。逆に、高すぎると、膜荒れが生じることがある。
The above-mentioned binder resin (C-1) has a polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) of preferably 3000 to 100,000, particularly preferably 5000 to 50,000. Within the above range, heat resistance, film strength, and solubility in a developer are preferable.
Further, as a measure of molecular weight distribution, the ratio of weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 2.0 to 5.0.
The acid value of the binder resin (C-1) is usually 10 to 200 mg-KOH / g, preferably 15 to 150 mg-KOH / g, more preferably 25 to 100 mg-KOH / g. If the acid value is too low, the solubility in the developer may be reduced. Conversely, if it is too high, film roughening may occur.
 着色樹脂組成物における(C)バインダー樹脂の含有量は、全固形分中、通常0.1~80重量%、好ましくは1~60重量%である。
 上記範囲内であると、基板への密着性が良好であり、また露光部への現像液の浸透性が適度で、画素の表面平滑性や感度が良好である点で好ましい。
The content of the binder resin (C) in the colored resin composition is usually 0.1 to 80% by weight, preferably 1 to 60% by weight, based on the total solid content.
Within the above range, the adhesion to the substrate is good, the permeability of the developer to the exposed area is moderate, and the surface smoothness and sensitivity of the pixels are good.
[(B)溶剤]
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は、(B)溶剤を必須成分とする。溶剤は、着色樹脂組成物に含まれる各成分を溶解または分散させ、粘度を調節する機能を有する。
 該(B)溶剤としては、着色樹脂組成物を構成する各成分を溶解または分散させることができるものであればよく、沸点が100~200℃の範囲のものを選択するのが好ましい。より好ましくは120~170℃の沸点をもつものである。
[(B) Solvent]
The colored resin composition of the present invention contains (B) a solvent as an essential component. The solvent has a function of dissolving or dispersing each component contained in the colored resin composition and adjusting the viscosity.
The solvent (B) is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse each component constituting the colored resin composition, and it is preferable to select a solvent having a boiling point in the range of 100 to 200 ° C. More preferably, it has a boiling point of 120 to 170 ° C.
 このような溶剤としては、例えば、次のようなものが挙げられる。
 エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-モノt-ブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルペンタノール、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブタノール、トリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルのようなグリコールモノアルキルエーテル類;
 エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジプロピルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテルのようなグリコールジアルキルエーテル類;
 エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、メトキシペンチルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテートのようなグリコールアルキルエーテルアセテート類;
Examples of such solvents include the following.
Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol-mono t-butyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethylpentanol, propylene Glycol monoalkyl ethers such as glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether;
Glycol dialkyl ethers such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether;
Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methoxypentyl acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl Glycol alkyl ether acetates such as ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate;
 ジエチルエーテル、ジプロピルエーテル、ジイソプロピルエーテル、ジアミルエーテル、エチルイソブチルエーテル、ジヘキシルエーテルのようなエーテル類;
 アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルアミルケトン、メチルイソプロピルケトン、メチルイソアミルケトン、ジイソプロピルケトン、ジイソブチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、エチルアミルケトン、メチルブチルケトン、メチルヘキシルケトン、メチルノニルケトンのようなケトン類;
 エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、ヘキサノール、シクロヘキサノール、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、グリセリンのような1価または多価アルコール類;
 n-ペンタン、n-オクタン、ジイソブチレン、n-ヘキサン、ヘキセン、イソプレン、ジペンテン、ドデカンのような脂肪族炭化水素類;
 シクロヘキサン、メチルシクロヘキサン、メチルシクロヘキセン、ビシクロヘキシルのような脂環式炭化水素類;
 ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、クメンのような芳香族炭化水素類;
 アミルホルメート、エチルホルメート、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸アミル、メチルイソブチレート、エチレングリコールアセテート、エチルプロピオネート、プロピルプロピオネート、酪酸ブチル、酪酸イソブチル、イソ酪酸メチル、エチルカプリレート、ブチルステアレート、エチルベンゾエート、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸ブチル、γ-ブチロラクトンのような鎖状または環状エステル類;
 3-メトキシプロピオン酸、3-エトキシプロピオン酸のようなアルコキシカルボン酸類;
 ブチルクロライド、アミルクロライドのようなハロゲン化炭化水素類;
 メトキシメチルペンタノンのようなエーテルケトン類;
 アセトニトリル、ベンゾニトリルのようなニトリル類:
Ethers such as diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, diisopropyl ether, diamyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, dihexyl ether;
Ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diisopropyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methyl hexyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone;
Mono- or polyhydric alcohols such as ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, glycerin;
aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-pentane, n-octane, diisobutylene, n-hexane, hexene, isoprene, dipentene, dodecane;
Cycloaliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, methylcyclohexene, bicyclohexyl;
Aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, cumene;
Amyl formate, ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate, amyl acetate, methyl isobutyrate, ethylene glycol acetate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, butyl butyrate, isobutyl butyrate, methyl isobutyrate, ethyl Caprylate, butyl stearate, ethyl benzoate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionic acid Linear or cyclic esters such as butyl, γ-butyrolactone;
Alkoxycarboxylic acids such as 3-methoxypropionic acid and 3-ethoxypropionic acid;
Halogenated hydrocarbons such as butyl chloride and amyl chloride;
Ether ketones such as methoxymethylpentanone;
Nitriles such as acetonitrile and benzonitrile:
 上記に該当する市販の溶剤としては、ミネラルスピリット、バルソル#2、アプコ#18ソルベント、アプコシンナー、ソーカルソルベントNo.1およびNo.2、ソルベッソ#150、シェルTS28 ソルベント、カルビトール、エチルカルビトール、ブチルカルビトール、メチルセロソルブ、エチルセロソルブ、エチルセロソルブアセテート、メチルセロソルブアセテート、ジグライム(いずれも商品名)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available solvents corresponding to the above include mineral spirits, Valsol # 2, Apco # 18 solvent, Apco thinner, Soal Solvent No. 1 and no. 2, Solvesso # 150, Shell TS28, Solvent, Carbitol, Ethylcarbitol, Butylcarbitol, Methylcellosolve, Ethylcellosolve, Ethylcellosolve acetate, Methylcellosolve acetate, Diglyme (all trade names) and the like.
 これらの溶剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 上記溶剤中、前述の本発明に係る(A)染料の溶解性の点から、グリコールモノアルキルエーテル類が好ましい。中でも、特に組成物中の各種構成成分の溶解性の点からプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルが特に好ましい。 In the above solvent, glycol monoalkyl ethers are preferred from the viewpoint of the solubility of the dye (A) according to the present invention. Among these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of the solubility of various components in the composition.
 また、例えば任意成分として後述する(F)顔料を含む場合には、塗布性、表面張力などのバランスがよく、組成物中の構成成分の溶解度が比較的高い点からは、溶剤としてさらにグリコールアルキルエーテルアセテート類を混合して使用することがより好ましい。なお、顔料を含む組成物中では、グリコールモノアルキルエーテル類は極性が高く、顔料を凝集させる傾向があり、着色樹脂組成物の粘度を上げる等、保存安定性を低下させる場合がある。このため、グリコールモノアルキルエーテル類の使用量は過度に多くない方が好ましく、(B)溶剤中のグリコールモノアルキルエーテル類の割合は5~50重量%が好ましく、5~30重量%がより好ましい。 Further, for example, when a pigment (F), which will be described later, is included as an optional component, the balance of coating properties, surface tension, etc. is good, and from the viewpoint that the solubility of the constituent components in the composition is relatively high, glycolalkyl is further used as a solvent. It is more preferable to use a mixture of ether acetates. In a composition containing a pigment, glycol monoalkyl ethers have a high polarity, tend to aggregate the pigment, and may reduce storage stability such as increasing the viscosity of the colored resin composition. For this reason, it is preferable that the amount of glycol monoalkyl ether used is not excessively large. (B) The proportion of glycol monoalkyl ether in the solvent is preferably 5 to 50% by weight, more preferably 5 to 30% by weight. .
 また、最近の大型基板等に対応したスリットコート方式への適性という観点からは、150℃以上の沸点をもつ溶剤を併用することも好ましい。この場合、このような高沸点溶剤の含有量は、(B)溶剤全体に対して3~50重量%が好ましく、5~40重量%がより好ましく、5~30重量%が特に好ましい。高沸点溶剤の量が少なすぎると、例えばスリットノズル先端で染料成分などが析出・固化して異物欠陥を惹き起こす可能性があり、また多すぎると組成物の乾燥速度が遅くなり、後述するカラーフィルタ製造工程における、減圧乾燥プロセスのタクト不良や、プリベークのピン跡といった問題を惹き起こすことが懸念される。 Also, from the viewpoint of suitability for the slit coating method corresponding to recent large substrates, it is also preferable to use a solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher. In this case, the content of such a high boiling point solvent is preferably 3 to 50% by weight, more preferably 5 to 40% by weight, and particularly preferably 5 to 30% by weight based on the total amount of the solvent (B). If the amount of the high-boiling solvent is too small, for example, a dye component may be precipitated and solidified at the tip of the slit nozzle to cause foreign matter defects, and if it is too much, the drying speed of the composition will be slowed down. There is a concern that the filter manufacturing process may cause problems such as tact defects in the vacuum drying process and pin marks of prebaking.
 なお、沸点150℃以上の溶剤は、グリコールアルキルエーテルアセテート類であっても、またグリコールアルキルエーテル類であってもよく、この場合は、沸点150℃以上の溶剤を別途含有させなくてもかまわない。 The solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher may be glycol alkyl ether acetates or glycol alkyl ethers. In this case, a solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher may not be included separately. .
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は、インクジェット法によるカラーフィルタ製造に供してもよいが、インクジェット法によるカラーフィルタ製造においては、ノズルから発せられるインクは数~数十pLと非常に微小であるため、ノズル口周辺あるいは画素バンク内に着弾する前に、溶剤が蒸発してインクが濃縮・乾固する傾向がある。これを回避するためには溶剤の沸点は高い方が好ましく、具体的には、(B)溶剤が沸点180℃以上の溶剤を含むことが好ましい。特に、沸点が200℃以上、とりわけ沸点が220℃以上の溶剤を含有することが好ましい。また、沸点180℃以上である高沸点溶剤は、(B)溶剤中50重量%以上であることが好ましい。このような高沸点溶剤の割合が50重量%未満である場合には、インク液滴からの溶剤の蒸発防止効果が十分に発揮されないおそれがある。 The colored resin composition of the present invention may be used for color filter production by the ink jet method, but in color filter production by the ink jet method, the ink emitted from the nozzle is very small, from several to several tens pL. There is a tendency for the solvent to evaporate and the ink to concentrate and dry before landing on the periphery of the nozzle opening or in the pixel bank. In order to avoid this, it is preferable that the solvent has a high boiling point. Specifically, it is preferable that the solvent (B) contains a solvent having a boiling point of 180 ° C. or higher. In particular, it is preferable to contain a solvent having a boiling point of 200 ° C. or higher, particularly 220 ° C. or higher. Moreover, it is preferable that the high boiling point solvent whose boiling point is 180 degreeC or more is 50 weight% or more in (B) solvent. When the ratio of such a high boiling point solvent is less than 50% by weight, the effect of preventing evaporation of the solvent from the ink droplets may not be sufficiently exhibited.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物において、(B)溶剤の含有量に特に制限はないが、その上限は通常99重量%とする。組成物中の(B)溶剤の含有量が99重量%を超える場合は、(B)溶剤を除く各成分の濃度が小さくなり過ぎて、塗布膜を形成するには不適当となるおそれがある。一方、(B)溶剤の含有量の下限値は、塗布に適した粘性等を考慮して、通常75重量%、好ましくは80重量%、更に好ましくは82重量%である。 In the colored resin composition of the present invention, the content of the (B) solvent is not particularly limited, but the upper limit is usually 99% by weight. When the content of the (B) solvent in the composition exceeds 99% by weight, the concentration of each component excluding the (B) solvent becomes too small and may be inappropriate for forming a coating film. . On the other hand, the lower limit of the content of the solvent (B) is usually 75% by weight, preferably 80% by weight, and more preferably 82% by weight in consideration of viscosity suitable for coating.
[(D)重合性モノマー]
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は、(D)重合性モノマーを含有することが好ましい。
 (D)重合性モノマーは、重合可能な低分子化合物であれば特に制限はないが、エチレン性二重結合を少なくとも1つ有する付加重合可能な化合物(以下、「エチレン性化合物」と言う場合がある。)が好ましい。
[(D) Polymerizable monomer]
The colored resin composition of the present invention preferably contains (D) a polymerizable monomer.
(D) The polymerizable monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymerizable low-molecular compound, but it may be an addition-polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenic double bond (hereinafter referred to as “ethylenic compound”). Is preferred).
 エチレン性化合物は、本発明の着色樹脂組成物が活性光線の照射を受けた場合、後述する光重合開始成分の作用により付加重合し、硬化するようなエチレン性二重結合を有する化合物である。尚、本発明における(D)重合性モノマーは、いわゆる高分子物質に相対する概念を意味し、狭義の単量体以外に二量体、三量体、オリゴマーも包含する。 The ethylenic compound is a compound having an ethylenic double bond that undergoes addition polymerization and cures by the action of a photopolymerization initiation component described later when the colored resin composition of the present invention is irradiated with actinic rays. In addition, the (D) polymerizable monomer in this invention means the concept opposite to what is called a polymeric substance, and also includes a dimer, a trimer, and an oligomer other than a monomer in a narrow sense.
 (D)重合性モノマーにおけるエチレン性化合物としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸等の不飽和カルボン酸;モノヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステル;脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステル;芳香族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステル;不飽和カルボン酸と多価カルボン酸及び前述の脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物、芳香族ポリヒドロキシ化合物等の多価ヒドロキシ化合物とのエステル化反応により得られるエステル;ポリイソシアネート化合物と(メタ)アクリロイル基含有ヒドロキシ化合物とを反応させたウレタン骨格を有するエチレン性化合物;等が挙げられる。 (D) Examples of the ethylenic compound in the polymerizable monomer include unsaturated carboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid; esters of monohydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids; aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids; Esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids; Esterification of unsaturated carboxylic acids with polyvalent carboxylic acids and polyhydric hydroxy compounds such as aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and aromatic polyhydroxy compounds described above An ester obtained by the reaction; an ethylenic compound having a urethane skeleton obtained by reacting a polyisocyanate compound and a (meth) acryloyl group-containing hydroxy compound;
 脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルとしては、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセロール(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸エステルが挙げられる。また、これら(メタ)アクリル酸エステルの(メタ)アクリル酸部分を、イタコン酸部分に代えたイタコン酸エステル、クロトン酸部分に代えたクロトン酸エステル、或いは、マレイン酸部分に代えたマレイン酸エステル等が挙げられる。 Esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolethane tri (meth) acrylate , Pentaerythritol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) Examples include (meth) acrylic acid esters such as acrylate and glycerol (meth) acrylate. In addition, the (meth) acrylic acid portion of these (meth) acrylic acid esters is replaced with an itaconic acid portion, a crotonic acid portion replaced with a crotonic acid portion, or a maleic acid ester replaced with a maleic acid portion, etc. Is mentioned.
 芳香族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルとしては、ハイドロキノンジ(メタ)アクリレート、レゾルシンジ(メタ)アクリレート、ピロガロールトリ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the ester of an aromatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid include hydroquinone di (meth) acrylate, resorcin di (meth) acrylate, pyrogallol tri (meth) acrylate and the like.
 不飽和カルボン酸と多価カルボン酸及び多価ヒドロキシ化合物とのエステル化反応により得られるエステルは、単一物であってもよく、混合物であってもよい。代表例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸、フタル酸、及びエチレングリコールの縮合物;(メタ)アクリル酸、マレイン酸、及びジエチレングリコールの縮合物;(メタ)アクリル酸、テレフタル酸、及びペンタエリスリトールの縮合物;(メタ)アクリル酸、アジピン酸、ブタンジオール、及びグリセリンの縮合物等が挙げられる。 The ester obtained by the esterification reaction of an unsaturated carboxylic acid with a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a polyvalent hydroxy compound may be a single substance or a mixture. Representative examples are condensates of (meth) acrylic acid, phthalic acid, and ethylene glycol; condensates of (meth) acrylic acid, maleic acid, and diethylene glycol; condensation of (meth) acrylic acid, terephthalic acid, and pentaerythritol A condensate of (meth) acrylic acid, adipic acid, butanediol, and glycerin.
 ポリイソシアネート化合物と(メタ)アクリロイル基含有ヒドロキシ化合物とを反応させたウレタン骨格を有するエチレン性化合物としては、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート等の脂肪族ジイソシアネート;シクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート等の脂環式ジイソシアネート;トリレンジイソシアネート、ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート等の芳香族ジイソシアネートと、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、3-ヒドロキシ〔1,1,1-トリ(メタ)アクリロイルオキシメチル〕プロパン等の(メタ)アクリロイル基含有ヒドロキシ化合物との反応物が挙げられる。 Examples of the ethylenic compound having a urethane skeleton obtained by reacting a polyisocyanate compound with a (meth) acryloyl group-containing hydroxy compound include aliphatic diisocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate and trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate; alicyclic rings such as cyclohexane diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate. Formula diisocyanates; aromatic diisocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate and diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and (meth) acryloyl such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and 3-hydroxy [1,1,1-tri (meth) acryloyloxymethyl] propane A reaction product with a group-containing hydroxy compound is exemplified.
 その他、本発明に用いられるエチレン性化合物の例としては、エチレンビス(メタ)アクリルアミド等の(メタ)アクリルアミド類;フタル酸ジアリル等のアリルエステル類;ジビニルフタレート等のビニル基含有化合物等が挙げられる。 In addition, examples of the ethylenic compound used in the present invention include (meth) acrylamides such as ethylene bis (meth) acrylamide; allyl esters such as diallyl phthalate; vinyl group-containing compounds such as divinyl phthalate. .
 これらの中では脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルが好ましく、ペンタエリスリトール又はジペンタエリスリトールの(メタ)アクリル酸エステルがより好ましく、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートが特に好ましい。 Of these, esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids are preferred, pentaerythritol or (meth) acrylic esters of dipentaerythritol are more preferred, and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate is particularly preferred.
 また、エチレン性化合物は酸価を有するモノマーであってもよい。酸価を有するモノマーとしては、例えば、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルであり、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシル基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせた多官能単量体が好ましく、特に好ましくは、このエステルにおいて、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物がペンタエリスリトール及び/又はジペンタエリスリトールであるものである。
 これらの単量体は1種を単独で用いてもよいが、製造上、単一の化合物を得ることは難しいことから、2種以上の混合物を使用してもよい。
 また、必要に応じて(D)重合性モノマーとして酸基を有しない多官能モノマーと酸基を有する多官能モノマーを併用してもよい。
The ethylenic compound may be a monomer having an acid value. The monomer having an acid value is, for example, an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted with an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound. A polyfunctional monomer having a group is preferable, and in this ester, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and / or dipentaerythritol.
These monomers may be used alone, but since it is difficult to obtain a single compound in production, a mixture of two or more kinds may be used.
Moreover, you may use together the polyfunctional monomer which does not have an acid group, and the polyfunctional monomer which has an acid group as (D) polymeric monomer as needed.
 酸基を有する多官能モノマーの好ましい酸価としては、0.1~40mg-KOH/gであり、特に好ましくは5~30mg-KOH/gである。
 上記範囲内であると、現像溶解特性が低下しにくく、また製造や取り扱いが容易である。更に、光重合性能が落ち難く、画素の表面平滑性等の硬化性が良好であるため好ましい。
A preferable acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mg-KOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mg-KOH / g.
When it is within the above range, the development and dissolution characteristics are hardly deteriorated, and the production and handling are easy. Furthermore, it is preferable because the photopolymerization performance is hardly lowered and the curability such as the surface smoothness of the pixel is good.
 本発明において、より好ましい酸基を有する多官能モノマーは、例えば、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートのコハク酸エステルを主成分とする混合物である。この多官能モノマーと他の多官能モノマーを組み合わせて使用することもできる。 In the present invention, a more preferred polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is, for example, a mixture containing succinic acid ester of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate as a main component. It is also possible to use this polyfunctional monomer in combination with another polyfunctional monomer.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物において、これらの(D)重合性モノマーの含有量は、全固形分中、通常1重量%以上、好ましくは5重量%以上、更に好ましくは10重量%以上であり、また、通常80重量%以下、好ましくは70重量%以下、更に好ましくは50重量%以下、特に好ましくは40重量%以下である。
 また、(D)重合性モノマーの前記(A)染料に対する比率は、通常1重量%以上、好ましくは5重量%以上、更に好ましくは10重量%以上、特に好ましくは20重量%以上であり、また、通常200重量%以下、好ましくは100重量%以下、更に好ましくは80重量%以下である。
In the colored resin composition of the present invention, the content of the polymerizable monomer (D) is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 5% by weight or more, more preferably 10% by weight or more in the total solid content. Further, it is usually 80% by weight or less, preferably 70% by weight or less, more preferably 50% by weight or less, particularly preferably 40% by weight or less.
The ratio of the (D) polymerizable monomer to the (A) dye is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 5% by weight or more, more preferably 10% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 20% by weight or more. The amount is usually 200% by weight or less, preferably 100% by weight or less, and more preferably 80% by weight or less.
 上記範囲内であると、光硬化が適度であり、現像時の密着不良が置き難く、また現像後の断面が逆テーパー形状になり難く、更に溶解性低下による剥離現象・抜け不良が置き難いため好ましい。 Within the above range, photocuring is appropriate, poor adhesion during development is difficult to place, the cross-section after development is difficult to reverse taper, and further, peeling phenomenon and omission failure due to lower solubility are difficult to place. preferable.
[(E)光重合開始成分及び/又は熱重合開始成分]
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は、塗膜を硬化させる目的で、(E)光重合開始成分及び/又は熱重合開始成分を含むことが好ましい。ただし、硬化の方法はこれらの開始剤によるもの以外でもよい。
[(E) Photopolymerization initiation component and / or thermal polymerization initiation component]
The colored resin composition of the present invention preferably contains (E) a photopolymerization initiation component and / or a thermal polymerization initiation component for the purpose of curing the coating film. However, the curing method may be other than those using these initiators.
 特に、本発明の着色樹脂組成物が、(C)成分としてエチレン性二重結合を有する樹脂を含む場合や、(D)成分としてエチレン性化合物を含む場合には、光を直接吸収し、又は光増感されて分解反応又は水素引き抜き反応を起こし、重合活性ラジカルを発生する機能を有する光重合開始成分及び/又は熱によって重合活性ラジカルを発生する熱重合開始成分を含有することが好ましい。なお、本発明において光重合開始成分としての(E)成分とは、光重合開始剤(以下、任意に「(E1)成分」とも称する)に重合加速剤(以下、任意に「(E2)成分」とも称する)、増感色素(以下、任意に「(E3)成分」とも称する)などの付加剤が併用されている混合物を意味する。 In particular, when the colored resin composition of the present invention includes a resin having an ethylenic double bond as the component (C), or includes an ethylenic compound as the component (D), it directly absorbs light, or It is preferable to contain a photopolymerization initiating component that has a function of generating a polymerization active radical and / or a thermal polymerization initiating component that generates a polymerization active radical by heat. In the present invention, the component (E) as a photopolymerization initiation component refers to a photopolymerization initiator (hereinafter also referred to as “(E1) component”), a polymerization accelerator (hereinafter, optionally referred to as “(E2) component”). ")" And a sensitizing dye (hereinafter also referred to as "(E3) component").
(光重合開始成分)
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物に含有されていてもよい光重合開始成分は、通常、(E1)光重合開始剤、及び必要に応じて添加される(E2)重合加速剤及び(E3)増感色素等の付加剤との混合物として用いられ、光を直接吸収し、或いは光増感されて分解反応又は水素引き抜き反応を起こし、重合活性ラジカルを発生する機能を有する成分である。
(Photopolymerization initiation component)
The photopolymerization initiating component that may be contained in the colored resin composition of the present invention is usually (E1) a photopolymerization initiator, and (E2) a polymerization accelerator and (E3) sensitization that are added as necessary. It is a component having a function of generating a polymerization active radical by being used as a mixture with an additive such as a dye and directly absorbing light or being photosensitized to cause a decomposition reaction or a hydrogen abstraction reaction.
 光重合開始成分を構成する(E1)光重合開始剤としては、例えば、日本国特開昭59-152396号号、日本国特開昭61-151197号公報の各公報等に記載のチタノセン誘導体類;日本国特開平10-300922号公報、日本国特開平11-174224号公報、日本国特開2000-56118号公報の各公報等に記載されるヘキサアリールビイミダゾール誘導体類;日本国特開平10-39503号公報等に記載のハロメチル化オキサジアゾール誘導体類、ハロメチル-s-トリアジン誘導体類、N-フェニルグリシン等のN-アリール-α-アミノ酸類、N-アリール-α-アミノ酸塩類、N-アリール-α-アミノ酸エステル類等のラジカル活性剤、α-アミノアルキルフェノン誘導体類;日本国特開2000-80068号公報等に記載のオキシムエステル系誘導体類等が挙げられる。
 具体的には、例えば国際公開第2009/107734号等に記載の光重合開始剤等が挙げられる。
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator constituting the photopolymerization initiating component (E1) include titanocene derivatives described in JP-A Nos. 59-152396 and 61-151197. Hexaarylbiimidazole derivatives described in JP-A-10-300922, JP-A-11-174224, JP-A-2000-56118, and the like; -395053 and the like, halomethylated oxadiazole derivatives, halomethyl-s-triazine derivatives, N-aryl-α-amino acids such as N-phenylglycine, N-aryl-α-amino acid salts, N- Radical activators such as aryl-α-amino acid esters, α-aminoalkylphenone derivatives; Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-8006 It includes oxime ester derivatives and the like described in JP-like.
Specific examples include photopolymerization initiators described in International Publication No. 2009/107734.
 これら(E1)光重合開始剤の中では、α-アミノアルキルフェノン誘導体類、オキシムエステル系誘導体類、ビイミダゾール誘導体類、アセトフェノン誘導体類、及びチオキサントン誘導体類がより好ましい。 Among these (E1) photopolymerization initiators, α-aminoalkylphenone derivatives, oxime ester derivatives, biimidazole derivatives, acetophenone derivatives, and thioxanthone derivatives are more preferable.
 また、オキシムエステル系誘導体類としては、1,2-オクタンジオン,1-〔4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル〕-,2-(o-ベンゾイルオキシム)、エタノン,1-〔9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル〕,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)、等が挙げられる。 Examples of oxime ester derivatives include 1,2-octanedione, 1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl]-, 2- (o-benzoyloxime), ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- ( 2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl], 1- (o-acetyloxime), and the like.
 その他に、ベンゾインアルキルエーテル類、アントラキノン誘導体類;2-メチル-(4’-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルホリノ-1-プロパノン等のアセトフェノン誘導体類、2-エチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン等のチオキサントン誘導体類、安息香酸エステル誘導体類、アクリジン誘導体類、フェナジン誘導体類、アンスロン誘導体類等も挙げられる。 In addition, benzoin alkyl ethers, anthraquinone derivatives; acetophenone derivatives such as 2-methyl- (4′-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholino-1-propanone, 2-ethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, etc. Examples also include thioxanthone derivatives, benzoate derivatives, acridine derivatives, phenazine derivatives, anthrone derivatives and the like.
 これら光重合開始剤の中では、α-アミノアルキルフェノン誘導体類、チオキサントン誘導体類、オキシムエステル系誘導体類がより好ましい。特に、オキシムエステル系誘導体類が好ましい。 Among these photopolymerization initiators, α-aminoalkylphenone derivatives, thioxanthone derivatives, and oxime ester derivatives are more preferable. In particular, oxime ester derivatives are preferable.
 必要に応じて用いられる(E2)重合加速剤としては、例えば、N,N-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチルエステル等のN,N-ジアルキルアミノ安息香酸アルキルエステル類;2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾオキサゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール等の複素環を有するメルカプト化合物;脂肪族多官能メルカプト化合物等のメルカプト化合物類等が挙げられる。 Examples of the (E2) polymerization accelerator used as necessary include N, N-dialkylaminobenzoic acid alkyl esters such as N, N-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester; 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercapto Examples include mercapto compounds having a heterocyclic ring such as benzoxazole and 2-mercaptobenzimidazole; mercapto compounds such as aliphatic polyfunctional mercapto compounds.
 これらの(E1)光重合開始剤及び(E2)重合加速剤は、それぞれ1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 These (E1) photopolymerization initiator and (E2) polymerization accelerator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 また、必要に応じて感応感度を高める目的で、(E3)増感色素が用いられる。増感色素は、画像露光光源の波長に応じて、適切なものが用いられるが、例えば日本国特開平4-221958号公報、日本国特開平4-219756号公報の各公報等に記載のキサンテン系色素;日本国特開平3-239703号公報、日本国特開平5-289335号公報の各公報等に記載の複素環を有するクマリン系色素;日本国特開平3-239703号公報、日本国特開平5-289335号公報の各公報等に記載の3-ケトクマリン系色素;日本国特開平6-19240号公報等に記載のピロメテン系色素;日本国特開昭47-2528号公報、日本国特開昭54-155292号公報、日本国特公昭45-37377号公報、日本国特開昭48-84183号公報、日本国特開昭52-112681号公報、日本国特開昭58-15503号公報、日本国特開昭60-88005号公報、日本国特開昭59-56403号公報、日本国特開平2-69号公報、日本国特開昭57-168088号公報、日本国特開平5-107761号公報、日本国特開平5-210240号公報、日本国特開平4-288818号公報の各公報等に記載のジアルキルアミノベンゼン骨格を有する色素等が挙げられる。 Also, (E3) a sensitizing dye is used for the purpose of increasing the sensitivity as required. As the sensitizing dye, an appropriate one is used depending on the wavelength of the image exposure light source. For example, xanthene described in JP-A-4-221958 and JP-A-4-219756 A coumarin dye having a heterocyclic ring described in JP-A-3-239703, JP-A-5-289335, etc .; JP-A-3-239703, JP 3-ketocoumarin dyes described in each publication of JP-A-5-289335; pyromethene dyes described in JP-A-6-19240, etc .; JP-A 47-2528, JP Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 54-155292, Japanese Patent Publication No. 45-37377, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 48-84183, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 52-112681, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 58. No. 15503, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 60-88005, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 59-56403, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2-69, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 57-168088, Japanese Special Examples thereof include dyes having a dialkylaminobenzene skeleton described in JP-A-5-107761, JP-A-5-210240, JP-A-4-288818, and the like.
 (E3)増感色素もまた1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 (E3) The sensitizing dye may also be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物において、これらの(E)光重合開始成分の含有量は、全固形分中、通常0.1重量%以上、好ましくは0.2重量%以上、更に好ましくは0.5重量%以上、また通常40重量%以下、好ましくは30重量%以下、更に好ましくは20重量%以下である。
 上記範囲内であると、露光光線に対する感度が良好であり、また未露光部分の現像に対する溶解性が良好である点で好ましい。
In the colored resin composition of the present invention, the content of these (E) photopolymerization initiating components is usually 0.1% by weight or more, preferably 0.2% by weight or more, more preferably 0.8% by weight in the total solid content. It is 5% by weight or more, usually 40% by weight or less, preferably 30% by weight or less, more preferably 20% by weight or less.
Within the above range, it is preferable in that the sensitivity to the exposure light is good and the solubility of the unexposed portion in the development is good.
(熱重合開始成分)
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物に含有されていてもよい熱重合開始成分の具体例としては、アゾ系化合物、有機過酸化物及び過酸化水素等が挙げられる。これらのうち、アゾ系化合物が好適に用いられる。より具体的には、例えば国際公開第2009/107734号等に記載の熱重合開始成分を用いることができる。
 これらの熱重合開始成分は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
(Thermal polymerization initiation component)
Specific examples of the thermal polymerization initiation component that may be contained in the colored resin composition of the present invention include azo compounds, organic peroxides, hydrogen peroxide, and the like. Of these, azo compounds are preferably used. More specifically, for example, a thermal polymerization initiating component described in International Publication No. 2009/107734 can be used.
These thermal polymerization initiating components may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
[その他の任意成分]
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は、前記各成分の外に、界面活性剤、有機カルボン酸及び/又は有機カルボン酸無水物、熱硬化性化合物、可塑剤、熱重合防止剤、保存安定剤、表面保護剤、密着向上剤、現像改良剤等を含有していてもよい。また、後述の(F)顔料を含有する場合には、分散剤や分散助剤を含有してもよい。これら任意成分としては、例えば日本国特開2007-113000号公報記載の各種化合物を使用することができる。
[Other optional ingredients]
In addition to the above components, the colored resin composition of the present invention comprises a surfactant, an organic carboxylic acid and / or an organic carboxylic acid anhydride, a thermosetting compound, a plasticizer, a thermal polymerization inhibitor, a storage stabilizer, a surface It may contain a protective agent, an adhesion improver, a development improver, and the like. Moreover, when it contains the below-mentioned (F) pigment, you may contain a dispersing agent and a dispersing aid. As these optional components, for example, various compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-113000 can be used.
<(F)顔料>
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は、得られるカラーフィルタの耐熱性向上等の目的で、本発明の効果を損わない範囲で、(F)顔料を含有していてもよい。
<(F) Pigment>
The colored resin composition of the present invention may contain (F) a pigment within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention for the purpose of improving the heat resistance of the obtained color filter.
 (F)顔料としては、例えばカラーフィルタの画素等を形成する場合には、青色、紫色等各種の色の顔料を使用することができる。また、その化学構造としては、例えばフタロシアニン系、キナクリドン系、ベンツイミダゾロン系、ジオキサジン系、インダンスレン系、ペリレン系等の有機顔料が挙げられる。この他に種々の無機顔料等も利用可能である。以下、使用できる顔料の具体例をピグメントナンバーで示す。 (F) As pigments, for example, when forming color filter pixels, pigments of various colors such as blue and purple can be used. Examples of the chemical structure include organic pigments such as phthalocyanine, quinacridone, benzimidazolone, dioxazine, indanthrene, and perylene. In addition, various inorganic pigments can be used. Hereinafter, specific examples of usable pigments are indicated by pigment numbers.
 青色顔料としては、例えばC.I.ピグメントブルー1、1:2、9、14、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、17、19、25、27、28、29、33、35、36、56、56:1、60、61、61:1、62、63、66、67、68、71、72、73、74、75、76、78、79などを挙げることができる。
 これらの中でも、青色の銅フタロシアニン顔料が好ましく、該銅フタロシアニン顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントブルー15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6などが好ましく挙げられ、更に好ましくはC.I.ピグメントブルー15:6である。
 この為、本発明の着色樹脂組成物が、青色顔料を含む場合、青色顔料の全含有量に対して、80重量%以上、特に90重量%以上、とりわけ95~100重量%が、C.I.Pigment Blue15:6であることが好ましい。
Examples of blue pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Blue 1, 1: 2, 9, 14, 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 17, 19, 25, 27, 28, 29, 33, 35, 36, 56, 56: 1, 60, 61, 61: 1, 62, 63, 66, 67, 68, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78, 79 and the like.
Among these, a blue copper phthalocyanine pigment is preferable, and examples of the copper phthalocyanine pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6 and the like are preferable, and C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6.
For this reason, when the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a blue pigment, it is 80% by weight or more, particularly 90% by weight or more, especially 95 to 100% by weight, based on the total content of the blue pigment. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 is preferable.
 紫色顔料としては、例えばC.I.ピグメントバイオレット1、1:1、2、2:2、3、3:1、3:3、5、5:1、14、15、16、19、23、25、27、29、31、32、37、39、42、44、47、49、50などを挙げることができる。
 これらの中でも、紫色のジオキサジン顔料が好ましく、該ジオキサジン顔料として、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット19、23などが好ましく挙げられ、更に好ましくはC.I.ピグメントバイオレット23である。
 この為、本発明の着色樹脂組成物が、紫色顔料を含む場合、紫色顔料の全含有量に対して、80重量%以上、特に90重量%以上、とりわけ95~100重量%が、C.I.Pigment Violet23であることが好ましい。
 これらは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を任意の組み合わせおよび比率で混合して用いてもよい。
Examples of purple pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Violet 1, 1: 1, 2, 2: 2, 3, 3: 1, 3: 3, 5, 5: 1, 14, 15, 16, 19, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 32, 37, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49, 50 and the like.
Among these, a purple dioxazine pigment is preferable, and as the dioxazine pigment, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 19 and 23 are preferable, and C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23.
Therefore, when the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a violet pigment, it is 80% by weight or more, particularly 90% by weight or more, especially 95 to 100% by weight, based on the total content of the violet pigment. I. Pigment Violet 23 is preferable.
These may be used alone or in a combination of two or more in any combination and ratio.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物に用いる(F)顔料は、高いコントラストの画素を形成しうる点から平均一次粒径の小さいものが好ましく、具体的には、平均一次粒径が40nm以下であることが好ましく、35nm以下であることがより好ましい。 The (F) pigment used in the colored resin composition of the present invention preferably has a small average primary particle diameter from the viewpoint of forming a high-contrast pixel. Specifically, the average primary particle diameter is 40 nm or less. Is preferable, and it is more preferable that it is 35 nm or less.
 特に、青色の銅フタロシアニン顔料についても同様に、好ましくは平均一次粒径が40nm以下であり、より好ましくは35nm以下、更に好ましくは20~30nmである。
 また、ジオキサジン顔料については、平均一次粒径は好ましくは40nm以下、より好ましくは25~35nmである。着色樹脂組成物中で顔料が凝集し難い点からは、平均一次粒径が小さすぎない方が好ましい。
Particularly for the blue copper phthalocyanine pigment, the average primary particle size is preferably 40 nm or less, more preferably 35 nm or less, and still more preferably 20 to 30 nm.
For the dioxazine pigment, the average primary particle size is preferably 40 nm or less, more preferably 25 to 35 nm. From the viewpoint that the pigment is less likely to aggregate in the colored resin composition, it is preferable that the average primary particle size is not too small.
 なお、ここで、(F)顔料の平均一次粒径は以下の方法により測定・算出された値である。
 まず、(F)顔料をクロロホルム中に超音波分散し、コロジオン膜貼り付けメッシュ上に滴下して、乾燥させ、透過電子顕微鏡(TEM)観察により、顔料の一次粒子像を得る。この像から、個々の顔料粒子の粒径を、同じ面積となる円の直径に換算した面積円相当径として、複数個(通常200~300個程度)の顔料粒子についてそれぞれ粒径を求める。
 得られた一次粒径の値を用い、下式の計算式の通り個数平均値を計算し、平均粒径を求める。
 個々の顔料粒子の粒径:X、X、X、X、・・・・、X、・・・・・・X
Here, the average primary particle size of the (F) pigment is a value measured and calculated by the following method.
First, (F) a pigment is ultrasonically dispersed in chloroform, dropped onto a collodion film-attached mesh, dried, and a primary particle image of the pigment is obtained by observation with a transmission electron microscope (TEM). From this image, the particle diameter of each pigment particle is determined for a plurality of (usually about 200 to 300) pigment particles, where the diameter of each pigment particle is equivalent to an area circle equivalent diameter converted to the diameter of a circle having the same area.
Using the obtained primary particle size value, the number average value is calculated according to the following formula to obtain the average particle size.
The particle diameter of each pigment particle: X 1, X 2, X 3, X 4, ····, X i, ······ X m
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000057
{配合量}
 本発明において、(F)顔料を含む場合、着色樹脂組成物における顔料の含有量は、全固形分中、通常80重量%以下、好ましくは50重量%以下である。
 また、前記(A)染料100重量部に対する含有量は、通常2000重量部以下、好ましくは1000重量部以下である。
 上記範囲内とすることで、化合物(I)~(IV)による透過率に大きな影響をすることなく、耐熱性がより良好になり易い点で好ましい。
{Blending amount}
In the present invention, when the pigment (F) is contained, the content of the pigment in the colored resin composition is usually 80% by weight or less, preferably 50% by weight or less in the total solid content.
Moreover, content with respect to 100 weight part of said (A) dye is 2000 weight part or less normally, Preferably it is 1000 weight part or less.
Within the above range, it is preferable because the heat resistance is likely to be improved without greatly affecting the transmittance of the compounds (I) to (IV).
[分散剤]
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物が、(F)顔料を含む場合、更に分散剤を含有することが好ましい。
 本発明における分散剤は、顔料が分散し、安定を保つことができれば特に種類を問わない。
 例えば、カチオン系、アニオン系、ノニオン系や両性等の分散剤を使用することができるが、ポリマー分散剤が好ましい。具体的には、ブロック共重合体、ポリウレタン、ポリエステル、高分子共重合体のアルキルアンモニウム塩又はリン酸エステル塩、カチオン性櫛型グラフトポリマー等を挙げることができる。これら分散剤の中で、ブロック共重合体、ポリウレタン、カチオン性櫛型グラフトポリマーが好ましい。特にブロック共重合体が好ましく、この中でも親溶剤性を有するAブロック及び窒素原子を含む官能基を有するBブロックからなるブロック共重合体が好ましい。
 具体的には、窒素原子含有官能基を有するBブロックとして、側鎖に4級アンモニウム塩基、及び/又はアミノ基を有する単位構造が挙げられ、一方、親溶媒性のAブロックとして、4級アンモニウム塩基及びアミノ基を有さない単位構造が挙げられる。
[Dispersant]
When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains (F) a pigment, it is preferable to further contain a dispersant.
The dispersant in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the pigment is dispersed and can maintain stability.
For example, cationic, anionic, nonionic or amphoteric dispersants can be used, but polymer dispersants are preferred. Specific examples include block copolymers, polyurethanes, polyesters, alkylammonium salts or phosphate esters of polymer copolymers, and cationic comb graft polymers. Of these dispersants, block copolymers, polyurethanes, and cationic comb graft polymers are preferred. In particular, a block copolymer is preferable, and among them, a block copolymer composed of an A block having solvophilicity and a B block having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom is preferable.
Specifically, the B block having a nitrogen atom-containing functional group includes a unit structure having a quaternary ammonium base and / or an amino group in the side chain, while the solvophilic A block includes a quaternary ammonium. Examples include a unit structure having no base and amino group.
 係るアクリル系ブロック共重合体を構成するBブロックは、4級アンモニウム塩基、及び/又はアミノ基を有する単位構造を有し、顔料吸着機能を持つ部位である。
 又、係るBブロックとして、4級アンモニウム塩基を有する場合、当該4級アンモニウム塩基は、直接主鎖に結合していてもよいが、2価の連結基を介して主鎖に結合していてもよい。
 このようなブロック共重合体としては、例えば、日本国特開2009-025813号公報に記載のものが挙げられる。
 また、本発明の着色樹脂組成物は、上記した以外の分散剤を含んでいてもよい。その他の分散剤としては、例えば、例えば日本国特開2006-343648号公報に記載のものが挙げられる。
The B block constituting the acrylic block copolymer has a unit structure having a quaternary ammonium base and / or an amino group, and has a pigment adsorption function.
Further, when the B block has a quaternary ammonium base, the quaternary ammonium base may be directly bonded to the main chain, but may be bonded to the main chain via a divalent linking group. Good.
Examples of such a block copolymer include those described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-025813.
Moreover, the colored resin composition of the present invention may contain a dispersant other than those described above. Examples of other dispersants include those described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-343648, for example.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物が、(A)染料として(F)顔料を含有する場合、分散剤の全固形分中の含有量は、(F)顔料の総含有量の2~1000重量%、特に5~500重量%、とりわけ10~250重量%の範囲内となるように用いることが好ましい。
 上記範囲内とすることで、化合物(I)~(IV)の耐熱性に影響を及ぼすことなく、良好な顔料分散性を確保することができ、また顔料の分散安定性がより良好となる点で好ましい。
When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains (F) a pigment as the (A) dye, the content of the dispersant in the total solid content is 2 to 1000% by weight of the total content of the (F) pigment, In particular, it is preferably used so as to be in the range of 5 to 500% by weight, particularly 10 to 250% by weight.
Within the above range, good pigment dispersibility can be ensured without affecting the heat resistance of the compounds (I) to (IV), and the pigment dispersion stability will be better. Is preferable.
[着色樹脂組成物の調製方法]
 本発明において、着色樹脂組成物は、適宜の方法により調製することができるが、例えば、前記(A)染料及び(C)バインダー樹脂を、(B)溶剤及び必要に応じて用いられる任意成分と共に混合することで調製できる。
 また、(A)染料として(F)顔料を含む場合の調製方法としては、(F)顔料を含む(A)染料を溶剤中、分散剤及び必要に応じて添加する分散助剤の存在下で、場合により(C)バインダー樹脂の一部と共に、例えば、ペイントシェイカー、サンドグラインダー、ボールミル、ロールミル、ストーンミル、ジェットミル、ホモジナイザー等を用いて、粉砕しつつ混合・分散して着色分散液を調製する。該着色分散液に、(A)染料、(C)バインダー樹脂、必要に応じて、(D)重合性モノマー、(E)光重合開始成分及び/又は熱重合開始成分、などを添加し、混合することにより調製する方法を挙げることができる。
[Preparation Method of Colored Resin Composition]
In the present invention, the colored resin composition can be prepared by an appropriate method. For example, the (A) dye and (C) binder resin are combined with the (B) solvent and optional components used as necessary. It can be prepared by mixing.
In addition, as a preparation method in the case of containing (F) pigment as (A) dye, (A) dye containing (F) pigment is present in a solvent, in the presence of a dispersing agent and, if necessary, a dispersing aid. In some cases, (C) A part of the binder resin, for example, a paint shaker, a sand grinder, a ball mill, a roll mill, a stone mill, a jet mill, a homogenizer, and the like are mixed and dispersed while being pulverized to prepare a colored dispersion. To do. (A) a dye, (C) a binder resin, and (D) a polymerizable monomer, (E) a photopolymerization initiating component and / or a thermal polymerization initiating component, etc. are added to the colored dispersion and mixed. The method of preparing by doing can be mentioned.
[着色樹脂組成物の応用]
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は、通常、すべての構成成分が溶剤中に溶解或いは分散された状態である。このような着色樹脂組成物が基板上へ供給され、カラーフィルタや液晶表示装置、有機ELディスプレイなどの構成部材が形成される。
 以下、本発明の着色樹脂組成物の応用例として、カラーフィルタの画素としての応用、およびそれらを用いた液晶表示装置(パネル)および有機ELディスプレイについて、説明する。
[Application of colored resin composition]
The colored resin composition of the present invention is usually in a state where all the constituent components are dissolved or dispersed in a solvent. Such a colored resin composition is supplied onto a substrate to form components such as a color filter, a liquid crystal display device, and an organic EL display.
Hereinafter, as an application example of the colored resin composition of the present invention, an application as a pixel of a color filter, a liquid crystal display device (panel) and an organic EL display using them will be described.
<カラーフィルタ>
 本発明のカラーフィルタは、本発明の着色樹脂組成物から形成された画素を有するものである。
 以下に、本発明のカラーフィルタを形成する方法について説明する。
 カラーフィルタの画素は、様々な方法で形成することができる。ここでは光重合性の着色樹脂組成物を使用してフォトリソグラフィー法にて形成する場合を例に説明するが、製造方法はこれに限定されるものではない。
 まず、基板の表面上に、必要に応じて、画素を形成する部分を区画するようにブラックマトリックスを形成し、この基板上に、本発明の着色樹脂組成物を塗布したのち、プレベークを行って溶剤を蒸発させ、塗膜を形成する。次いで、この塗膜にフォトマスクを介して露光したのち、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像して、塗膜の未露光部を溶解除去し、その後ポストベークすることにより、赤色、緑色、青色の各画素パターンを形成して、カラーフィルタを作製することができる。
<Color filter>
The color filter of the present invention has a pixel formed from the colored resin composition of the present invention.
The method for forming the color filter of the present invention will be described below.
The pixel of the color filter can be formed by various methods. Here, although the case where it forms by the photolithographic method using a photopolymerizable colored resin composition is demonstrated to an example, a manufacturing method is not limited to this.
First, on the surface of the substrate, if necessary, a black matrix is formed so as to partition a portion for forming pixels, and after applying the colored resin composition of the present invention on this substrate, pre-baking is performed. The solvent is evaporated to form a coating film. Then, after exposing this coating film through a photomask, developing with an alkali developer, dissolving and removing the unexposed portion of the coating film, and then post-baking, each of red, green, and blue A color filter can be manufactured by forming a pixel pattern.
 画素を形成する際に使用される基板としては、透明で適度な強度を有するものであれば特に限定されないが、例えば、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリオレフィン系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、熱可塑性樹脂製シート、エポキシ樹脂、熱硬化性樹脂、各種ガラスなどが挙げられる。
 また、これらの基板には、所望により、シランカップリング剤やウレタン系樹脂などによる薄膜形成処理、コロナ放電処理やオゾン処理などの表面処理等、適宜前処理を施してもよい。
 着色樹脂組成物を基板に塗布する際には、スピナー法、ワイヤーバー法、フローコート法、スリット・アンド・スピン法、ダイコート法、ロールコート法、スプレーコート法等が挙げられる。中でも、スリット・アンド・スピン法、及びダイコート法が好ましい。
 塗布膜の厚さは、乾燥後の膜厚として、通常、0.2~20μm、好ましくは0.5~10μm、特に好ましくは0.8~5.0μmである。
 上記範囲内であると、パターン現像や液晶セル化工程でのギャップ調整が容易であり、また所望の色発現がし易い点で好ましい。
The substrate used for forming the pixels is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent and has an appropriate strength. For example, polyester resin, polyolefin resin, polycarbonate resin, acrylic resin, thermoplastic resin Examples thereof include a sheet made, an epoxy resin, a thermosetting resin, and various glasses.
In addition, these substrates may be appropriately subjected to pretreatment as desired, such as thin film formation treatment with a silane coupling agent or urethane resin, surface treatment such as corona discharge treatment or ozone treatment, if desired.
When applying the colored resin composition to the substrate, a spinner method, a wire bar method, a flow coating method, a slit and spin method, a die coating method, a roll coating method, a spray coating method, and the like can be given. Of these, the slit and spin method and the die coating method are preferable.
The thickness of the coating film is usually 0.2 to 20 μm, preferably 0.5 to 10 μm, particularly preferably 0.8 to 5.0 μm as the film thickness after drying.
Within the above range, it is preferable in that the gap can be easily adjusted in the pattern development or liquid crystal cell forming step, and a desired color can be easily expressed.
 露光の際に使用される放射線としては、例えば、可視光線、紫外線、遠紫外線、電子線、X線等を使用することができるが、波長が190~450nmの範囲にある放射線が好ましい。
 画像露光に使用される、波長190~450nmの放射線を用いるための光源は、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、キセノンランプ、ハロゲンランプ、タングステンランプ、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプ、中圧水銀灯、低圧水銀灯、カーボンアーク、蛍光ランプ等のランプ光源;アルゴンイオンレーザー、YAGレーザー、エキシマレーザー、窒素レーザー、ヘリウムカドミニウムレーザー、半導体レーザー等のレーザー光源等が挙げられる。特定の波長の光を照射して使用する場合には、光学フィルターを利用することもできる。
 放射線の露光量は、10~10,000J/mが好ましい。
As the radiation used in the exposure, for example, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, electron beam, X-ray or the like can be used, and radiation having a wavelength in the range of 190 to 450 nm is preferable.
The light source for using radiation having a wavelength of 190 to 450 nm used for image exposure is not particularly limited. For example, a xenon lamp, a halogen lamp, a tungsten lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, Lamp light sources such as medium pressure mercury lamp, low pressure mercury lamp, carbon arc, fluorescent lamp; laser light sources such as argon ion laser, YAG laser, excimer laser, nitrogen laser, helium cadmium laser, semiconductor laser, and the like. An optical filter can also be used when used by irradiating light of a specific wavelength.
The exposure dose of radiation is preferably 10 to 10,000 J / m 2 .
 また、前記アルカリ現像液としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、水酸化リチウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム、珪酸ナトリウム、珪酸カリウム、メタ珪酸ナトリウム、燐酸ナトリウム、燐酸カリウム、燐酸水素ナトリウム、燐酸水素カリウム、燐酸二水素ナトリウム、燐酸二水素カリウム、水酸化アンモニウム等の無機アルカリ性化合物;モノ-・ジ-・又はトリ-エタノールアミン、モノ-・ジ-・又はトリ-メチルアミン、モノ-・ジ-・又はトリ-エチルアミン、モノ-・又はジ-イソプロピルアミン、n-ブチルアミン、モノ-・ジ-・又はトリ-イソプロパノールアミン、エチレンイミン、エチレンジイミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)、コリン等の有機アルカリ性化合物等の水溶液が好ましい。
 前記アルカリ現像液には、例えばイソプロピルアルコール、ベンジルアルコール、エチルセロソルブ、ブチルセロソルブ、フェニルセロソルブ、プロピレングリコール、ジアセトンアルコール等の水溶性有機溶剤や界面活性剤等を適量添加することもできる。なお、アルカリ現像後は、通常、水洗する。
 現像処理法としては、浸漬現像法、スプレー現像法、ブラシ現像法、超音波現像法等の何れかの方法によることができる。現像条件は、室温(23℃)で5~300秒が好ましい。
Examples of the alkaline developer include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, sodium phosphate, Inorganic alkaline compounds such as potassium phosphate, sodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, ammonium hydroxide; mono-di- or tri-ethanolamine, mono-di-, or tri -Methylamine, mono-, di-, or tri-ethylamine, mono-, or diisopropylamine, n-butylamine, mono-, di-, or tri-isopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediimine, tetramethylammonium Hydroxide (TMAH) Aqueous solution of an organic alkaline compound choline are preferred.
An appropriate amount of a water-soluble organic solvent such as isopropyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, phenyl cellosolve, propylene glycol, diacetone alcohol, or the like can be added to the alkali developer. In addition, it is usually washed with water after alkali development.
As the development processing method, any method such as an immersion development method, a spray development method, a brush development method, and an ultrasonic development method can be used. The development conditions are preferably 5 to 300 seconds at room temperature (23 ° C.).
 現像処理の条件には特に制限はないが、現像温度は通常10℃以上、中でも15℃以上、更には20℃以上、また、通常50℃以下、中でも45℃以下、更には40℃以下の範囲が好ましい。 There are no particular restrictions on the conditions of the development processing, but the development temperature is usually 10 ° C. or higher, especially 15 ° C. or higher, more preferably 20 ° C. or higher, and usually 50 ° C. or lower, especially 45 ° C. or lower, more preferably 40 ° C. or lower. Is preferred.
 現像方法は、浸漬現像法、スプレー現像法、ブラシ現像法、超音波現像法等の何れかの方法によることができる。 The developing method can be any one of immersion developing method, spray developing method, brush developing method, ultrasonic developing method and the like.
 このようにして作製されたカラーフィルタを液晶表示装置に使用する場合には、このままの状態で画像上にITO等の透明電極を形成して、カラーディスプレイ、液晶表示装置等の部品の一部として使用されるが、表面平滑性や耐久性を高めるため、必要に応じ、画像上にポリアミド、ポリイミド等のトップコート層を設けることもできる。また、一部、平面配向型駆動方式(IPSモード)等の用途においては、透明電極を形成しないこともある。また、垂直配向型駆動方式(MVAモード)では、リブを形成することもある。また、ビーズ散布型スペーサに代わり、フォトリソグラフィー法による柱構造(フォトスペーサー)を形成することもある。 When the color filter thus produced is used in a liquid crystal display device, a transparent electrode such as ITO is formed on the image as it is and used as a part of a component such as a color display or a liquid crystal display device. Although used, in order to improve surface smoothness and durability, a top coat layer such as polyamide or polyimide can be provided on the image as necessary. Further, in some applications such as a planar alignment type drive system (IPS mode), the transparent electrode may not be formed. In the vertical alignment type driving method (MVA mode), ribs may be formed. Further, a column structure (photo spacer) by a photolithography method may be formed instead of the bead dispersion type spacer.
<液晶表示装置>
 本発明の液晶表示装置は、上述の本発明のカラーフィルタを用いたものである。本発明の液晶表示装置の型式や構造については特に制限はなく、本発明のカラーフィルタを用いて常法に従って組み立てることができる。
 例えば、「液晶デバイスハンドブック」(日刊工業新聞社、1989年9月29日発行、日本学術振興会第142委員会著)に記載の方法で、本発明の液晶表示装置を形成することができる。
<Liquid crystal display device>
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention uses the above-described color filter of the present invention. There is no restriction | limiting in particular about the model and structure of the liquid crystal display device of this invention, It can assemble in accordance with a conventional method using the color filter of this invention.
For example, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention can be formed by the method described in “Liquid Crystal Device Handbook” (Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun, September 29, 1989, Japan Society for the Promotion of Science 142nd Committee).
<有機ELディスプレイ>
 本発明のカラーフィルタを含む有機ELディスプレイを作成する場合、例えば図1に示すように、透明支持基板10上に、本発明の着色樹脂組成物により青色画素20が形成された青色カラーフィルタ上に有機保護層30及び無機酸化膜40を介して有機発光体500を積層することによって多色の有機EL素子100を作製する。
<Organic EL display>
When producing an organic EL display including the color filter of the present invention, for example, as shown in FIG. 1, on a blue color filter in which a blue pixel 20 is formed on a transparent support substrate 10 by the colored resin composition of the present invention. A multicolor organic EL element 100 is manufactured by laminating the organic light-emitting body 500 through the organic protective layer 30 and the inorganic oxide film 40.
 有機発光体500の積層方法としては、カラーフィルタ上面へ透明陽極50、正孔注入層51、正孔輸送層52、発光層53、電子注入層54、及び陰極55を逐次形成していく方法や、別基板上へ形成した有機発光体500を無機酸化膜40上に貼り合わせる方法などが挙げられる。このようにして作製された有機EL素子100は、パッシブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにもアクティブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにも適用可能である。 As a method for laminating the organic light emitter 500, a transparent anode 50, a hole injection layer 51, a hole transport layer 52, a light emitting layer 53, an electron injection layer 54, and a cathode 55 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. For example, a method of adhering the organic light-emitting body 500 formed on another substrate onto the inorganic oxide film 40 can be used. The organic EL element 100 manufactured as described above can be applied to both a passive drive type organic EL display and an active drive type organic EL display.
 次に、合成例、実施例及び比較例を挙げて本発明をより具体的に説明するが、本発明はその要旨を超えない限り以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。 Next, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to synthesis examples, examples and comparative examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples as long as the gist thereof is not exceeded.
[1](C)バインダー樹脂の合成 
 (参考合成例1:バインダー樹脂aの合成)
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート145重量部を窒素置換しながら攪拌し120℃に昇温した。ここにスチレン20重量部、グリシジルメタクリレート57部及びトリシクロデカン骨格を有するモノアクリレートFA-513M(日立化成社製)82重量部を滴下し、更に120℃で2時間攪拌し続けた。次に反応容器内を空気置換に変え、アクリル酸27重量部にトリスジメチルアミノメチルフェノール0.7重量部及びハイドロキノン0.12重量部を投入し、120℃で6時間反応を続けた。その後、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸(THPA)52重量部、トリエチルアミン0.7重量部を加え、120℃3.5時間反応させた。こうして得られたバインダー樹脂aのGPCにより測定した重量平均分子量Mwは、ポリスチレン換算で約15000で、酸価は78mgKOH/gあった。バインダー樹脂aの構造は以下に示す通り(以下の4種の繰り返し単位を含む高分子化合物)であった。
[1] (C) Synthesis of binder resin
(Reference Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of binder resin a)
145 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was stirred while replacing with nitrogen, and the temperature was raised to 120 ° C. 20 parts by weight of styrene, 57 parts by weight of glycidyl methacrylate and 82 parts by weight of monoacrylate FA-513M (manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) having a tricyclodecane skeleton were added dropwise thereto, and stirring was continued at 120 ° C. for 2 hours. Next, the inside of the reaction vessel was changed to air substitution, 0.7 parts by weight of trisdimethylaminomethylphenol and 0.12 parts by weight of hydroquinone were added to 27 parts by weight of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 120 ° C. for 6 hours. Then, 52 parts by weight of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) and 0.7 parts by weight of triethylamine were added and reacted at 120 ° C. for 3.5 hours. The binder resin a thus obtained had a weight average molecular weight Mw measured by GPC of about 15000 in terms of polystyrene and an acid value of 78 mgKOH / g. The structure of the binder resin a was as shown below (polymer compound containing the following four types of repeating units).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
[2](A)染料の合成
(合成例1)
[2] Synthesis of (A) dye (Synthesis Example 1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 化合物1(6.0g、25mmol:国際公開第2008/003604号に記載の方法で合成)、化合物2(6.4ml、50mmol:東京化成から購入)、炭酸カリウム(6.9g、50mmol)、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン(25ml)の混合物を110~125℃で4時間加熱撹拌した。室温に冷却後水を加え、トルエンで抽出し、トルエン層を希塩酸および飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧濃縮し、9.2gの薄茶色オイルを得た。このものをエタノール(40ml)に溶解し、水酸化ナトリウム(2g、52.3mmol)の水(25ml)溶液を加え、85℃で1時間撹拌した。放冷して、トルエンで抽出し、トルエン層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧濃縮し、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=3/1)で精製し、化合物3(5.95g、収率94%)を白色粉末で得た。 Compound 1 (6.0 g, 25 mmol: synthesized by the method described in WO2008 / 003604), Compound 2 (6.4 ml, 50 mmol: purchased from Tokyo Kasei), potassium carbonate (6.9 g, 50 mmol), N A mixture of -methyl-2-pyrrolidone (25 ml) was stirred with heating at 110 to 125 ° C for 4 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water was added and extracted with toluene. The toluene layer was washed with dilute hydrochloric acid and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Concentration under reduced pressure gave 9.2 g of a light brown oil. This was dissolved in ethanol (40 ml), a solution of sodium hydroxide (2 g, 52.3 mmol) in water (25 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 85 ° C. for 1 hr. The mixture was allowed to cool and extracted with toluene, and the toluene layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 3/1) to obtain compound 3 (5.95 g, yield 94%) as a white powder.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 化合物4(1.47g、4.34mmol:国際公開第2009/107734号に記載の方法で合成)、化合物3(1.1g、4.34mmol)、トルエン(30ml)、オキシ塩化リン(0.6ml)の混合物を4時間加熱還流した後、室温に冷却し、水を加え、クロロホルムで抽出した。クロロホルム層を減圧濃縮し、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開溶剤:クロロホルム/メタノール=15/1~10/1)で精製し、得られた固体をヘキサンで洗浄して化合物5(1.32g、収率50%)を得た。 Compound 4 (1.47 g, 4.34 mmol: synthesized by the method described in WO2009 / 107734), Compound 3 (1.1 g, 4.34 mmol), toluene (30 ml), phosphorus oxychloride (0.6 ml) The mixture was heated to reflux for 4 hours, cooled to room temperature, water was added, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The chloroform layer was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography (developing solvent: chloroform / methanol = 15/1 to 10/1), and the resulting solid was washed with hexane to give compound 5 (1.32 g, yield). 50%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 化合物5(8.9g、14.6mmol)、化合物6(4.2g、14.6mmol:東京化成社製)、メタノール(50ml)の混合物を50℃で1.5時間撹拌した後、減圧濃縮し、得られた固体をメタノール/水=1/2で洗浄し、化合物D1(11.5g、収率92.3%)を得た。 A mixture of compound 5 (8.9 g, 14.6 mmol), compound 6 (4.2 g, 14.6 mmol: manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and methanol (50 ml) was stirred at 50 ° C. for 1.5 hours, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained solid was washed with methanol / water = 1/2 to obtain Compound D1 (11.5 g, yield 92.3%).
(合成例2) (Synthesis Example 2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 化合物5(4.27g、7.0mmol)、化合物7(2.32g、7.0mmol:東京化成社製)、メタノール(200ml)の混合物を50℃で1.5時間撹拌した後、減圧濃縮し、得られた固体をメタノール/水=1/2で洗浄し、化合物D2(5.42g、収率89%)を得た。 A mixture of compound 5 (4.27 g, 7.0 mmol), compound 7 (2.32 g, 7.0 mmol: manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and methanol (200 ml) was stirred at 50 ° C. for 1.5 hours, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained solid was washed with methanol / water = 1/2 to obtain Compound D2 (5.42 g, yield 89%).
(合成例3) (Synthesis Example 3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 化合物5(427mg、0.7mmol)、化合物8(161mg,0.7mmol:東京化成社製)、メタノール(30ml)の混合物を50℃で1.5時間撹拌した後、減圧濃縮し、得られた固体を水で洗浄し、化合物D3(480mg、収率87.7%)を得た。 A mixture of compound 5 (427 mg, 0.7 mmol), compound 8 (161 mg, 0.7 mmol: manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and methanol (30 ml) was stirred at 50 ° C. for 1.5 hours, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain. The solid was washed with water to give compound D3 (480 mg, yield 87.7%).
(合成例4) (Synthesis Example 4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 反応6:化合物9(2.56g、23.9mmol)、化合物10(1,1,1-トリフルオロ-4-ヨード)ブタン(TCI、12.5g、52.5mmol)、炭酸カリウム(7.25g、52.5mmol)及びN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(50ml)の混合物を100℃で5時間攪拌した後、室温に冷却し、酢酸エチルで希釈し、吸引濾過し、酢酸エチルで洗い込んだ。母液を水で2回洗浄した後、減圧濃縮した。オイルをトルエンに溶解し、水で3回洗浄し、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、減圧濃縮し、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(関東化学社製60N、200g、ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=20/1-15/1)で精製し、化合物10(6.91g、収率88%)を得た。 Reaction 6: Compound 9 (2.56 g, 23.9 mmol), Compound 10 (1,1,1-trifluoro-4-iodo) butane (TCI, 12.5 g, 52.5 mmol), potassium carbonate (7.25 g) 52.5 mmol) and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (50 ml) were stirred at 100 ° C. for 5 hours, then cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate, filtered with suction and washed with ethyl acetate. The mother liquor was washed twice with water and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The oil was dissolved in toluene, washed 3 times with water, and washed with saturated brine. It was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by silica gel column chromatography (KANTO CHEMICAL 60N, 200 g, hexane / ethyl acetate = 20 / 1-15 / 1) to give compound 10 (6.91 g, yield). 88%).
 反応7:化合物11(25g)とトルエン(100ml)の混合物に塩化チオニル(14ml)を加80℃で1時間攪拌後、減圧濃縮し、酸クロリドを得た。別容器に無水塩化アルミニウム(20.4g)と1,2-ジクロロエタン(100ml)の混合物を氷浴で冷却し、酸クロリドの1,2-ジクロロエタン(50ml)溶液を滴下した。15分攪拌後、化合物10(21.1g)を滴下し、室温にした後、氷水に注いだ。4N水酸化ナトリウム水溶液でpH10以上として、クロロホルムで抽出した。クロロホルム層を1N水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で洗い、セライト濾過して不溶物を除いた。このものを飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、減圧濃縮した。シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル800g、ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=4/1)で精製し、得られた結晶をヘキサンで洗浄して、化合物Aを得た(14.6g)。 Reaction 7: Thionyl chloride (14 ml) was added to a mixture of compound 11 (25 g) and toluene (100 ml), stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain acid chloride. In a separate container, a mixture of anhydrous aluminum chloride (20.4 g) and 1,2-dichloroethane (100 ml) was cooled in an ice bath, and a solution of acid chloride in 1,2-dichloroethane (50 ml) was added dropwise. After stirring for 15 minutes, Compound 10 (21.1 g) was added dropwise, brought to room temperature, and then poured into ice water. The pH was adjusted to 10 or more with 4N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The chloroform layer was washed with 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and filtered through Celite to remove insolubles. This was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (silica gel 800 g, hexane / ethyl acetate = 4/1), and the obtained crystals were washed with hexane to obtain Compound A (14.6 g).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 反応8:化合物A(3.38g)、化合物12(1.71g)及びトルエン(15ml)の混合物にオキシ塩化リン(1.4ml)を加え120℃で2時間攪拌した。室温に冷却後、1N塩酸を加えて15分攪拌し、クロロホルムで抽出した。クロロホルム層を水及び飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧濃縮し、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(クロロホルム/メタノール=15/1-10/1-7/1)で精製し、得られた個体をヘキサンで洗浄して、化合物13(3.21g)を得た。 Reaction 8: Phosphorus oxychloride (1.4 ml) was added to a mixture of compound A (3.38 g), compound 12 (1.71 g) and toluene (15 ml), and the mixture was stirred at 120 ° C. for 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature, 1N hydrochloric acid was added, stirred for 15 minutes, and extracted with chloroform. The chloroform layer was washed with water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol = 15 / 1-10 / 1-7 / 1), and the resulting solid was washed with hexane to obtain compound 13 (3.21 g). .
 反応9:化合物13(1.06g)及びacid blue 80(0.70g)をメタノールに溶解した後、減圧濃縮した。得られた個体をメタノール/水(1/2)の混合物溶剤で洗浄して、化合物D4(1.34g)を得た。 Reaction 9: Compound 13 (1.06 g) and acid blue 80 (0.70 g) were dissolved in methanol and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained solid was washed with a methanol / water (1/2) mixture solvent to obtain Compound D4 (1.34 g).
(合成例5) (Synthesis Example 5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
 化合物14(397mg、0.6mmol:国際公開第2009/107734号に記載の方法で合成)、化合物6(172mg、0.6mmol:東京化成社製)、メタノール(30ml)の混合物を50℃で1.5時間撹拌した後、減圧濃縮し、得られた固体をメタノール/水=1/2で洗浄し、化合物D5(410mg、収率75.3%)を得た。 A mixture of Compound 14 (397 mg, 0.6 mmol: synthesized by the method described in International Publication No. 2009/107734), Compound 6 (172 mg, 0.6 mmol: manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and methanol (30 ml) was mixed at 50 ° C. with 1 After stirring for 5 hours, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting solid was washed with methanol / water = 1/2 to obtain Compound D5 (410 mg, yield 75.3%).
(合成例6) (Synthesis Example 6)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
 化合物14(397mg、0.6mmol:国際公開第2009/107734号に記載の方法で合成)、化合物7(200mg、0.6mmol:東京化成社製)、メタノール(30ml)の混合物を50℃で1.5時間撹拌した後、減圧濃縮し、得られた固体をメタノール/水=1/2で洗浄し、化合物D6(450mg、収率81.6%)を得た。 A mixture of Compound 14 (397 mg, 0.6 mmol: synthesized by the method described in International Publication No. 2009/107734), Compound 7 (200 mg, 0.6 mmol: manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and methanol (30 ml) was mixed at 50 ° C. with 1 After stirring for 5 hours, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting solid was washed with methanol / water = 1/2 to obtain Compound D6 (450 mg, yield 81.6%).
(合成例7) (Synthesis Example 7)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
 反応10:化合物17(10g)のN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(100ml)溶液を氷浴で冷却し、水素化ナトリウム(60%、4.3g)を加え、しばらく攪拌後、化合物18(6.5g)を少しずつ添加した。室温で5時間攪拌後、水を加え、ジクロロメタン抽出を行い、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製して化合物B(3.1g)を得た。 Reaction 10: A solution of compound 17 (10 g) in N, N-dimethylformamide (100 ml) was cooled in an ice bath, sodium hydride (60%, 4.3 g) was added, and after stirring for a while, compound 18 (6.5 g) ) Was added in small portions. After stirring at room temperature for 5 hours, water was added, extracted with dichloromethane, and purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound B (3.1 g).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 反応11:化合物B(5.61g)、化合物19(2.65g)、トルエン(15ml)の混合物にオキシ塩化リン(1.8ml)を加え、115℃で2時間攪拌した。室温に戻した後、飽和食塩水(30ml)を加え、クロロホルムで2回抽出した。シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル300g、クロロホルム/メタノー=1/0-10/1/7/1)で精製し、得られた固体をヘキサンで洗浄して化合物20(9.23g)を得た。 Reaction 11: Phosphorus oxychloride (1.8 ml) was added to a mixture of compound B (5.61 g), compound 19 (2.65 g) and toluene (15 ml), and the mixture was stirred at 115 ° C. for 2 hours. After returning to room temperature, saturated brine (30 ml) was added, and the mixture was extracted twice with chloroform. The product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (silica gel 300 g, chloroform / methanol = 1 / 0-10 / 1/7/1), and the resulting solid was washed with hexane to obtain compound 20 (9.23 g).
 反応12:化合物20(5.00g)、acid blue 80(2.56g)、メタノール(50ml)の混合物を40℃で1時間攪拌した後、減圧濃縮し、水を加え固体を濾取した。固体をメタノール/水=1/3(200ml)で洗浄し、再度メタノール/水=1/3(200ml)で洗浄して、化合物D7(5.90g)を得た。 Reaction 12: A mixture of compound 20 (5.00 g), acid blue 80 (2.56 g), and methanol (50 ml) was stirred at 40 ° C. for 1 hour, then concentrated under reduced pressure, water was added, and the solid was collected by filtration. The solid was washed with methanol / water = 1/3 (200 ml) and again washed with methanol / water = 1/3 (200 ml) to give compound D7 (5.90 g).
(合成例8) (Synthesis Example 8)
 化合物14(397mg、0.6mmol:国際公開第2009/107734号に記載の方法で合成)、acid Blue80(200mg、0.6mmol:東京化成社製)、メタノール(30ml)の混合物を50℃で1.5時間撹拌した後、減圧濃縮し、得られた固体をメタノール/水=1/2で洗浄し、化合物D8(450mg、収率81.6%)を得た。 A mixture of Compound 14 (397 mg, 0.6 mmol: synthesized by the method described in International Publication No. 2009/107734), acid Blue 80 (200 mg, 0.6 mmol: manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and methanol (30 ml) at 50 ° C. After stirring for 5 hours, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting solid was washed with methanol / water = 1/2 to obtain Compound D8 (450 mg, yield 81.6%).
[式(IV)で表される化合物の合成例および実施例]
(合成例9)
[Synthesis Examples and Examples of Compounds Represented by Formula (IV)]
(Synthesis Example 9)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
 化合物20(5g、9.25mmol:林原生物化学研究所製)、化合物8(2.13g、9.25mmol:東京化成社製)、メタノール(40ml)の混合物を50℃で1.5時間撹拌した後、減圧濃縮し、得られた固体をメタノール/水=1/3で洗浄し、化合物D9(4.98g、収率86.7%)を得た。 A mixture of Compound 20 (5 g, 9.25 mmol: Hayashibara Biochemical Laboratories), Compound 8 (2.13 g, 9.25 mmol: Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and methanol (40 ml) was stirred at 50 ° C. for 1.5 hours. Thereafter, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting solid was washed with methanol / water = 1/3 to obtain Compound D9 (4.98 g, yield 86.7%).
(合成例10) (Synthesis Example 10)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
 化合物20(3.21g、5.9mmol:林原生物化学研究所製)、化合物6(1.70g、5.9mmol:東京化成社製)、メタノール(200ml)の混合物を50℃で1.5時間撹拌した後、減圧濃縮し、得られた固体をメタノール/水=1/2で洗浄し、化合物D10(3.91g、収率95%)を得た。 A mixture of compound 20 (3.21 g, 5.9 mmol: manufactured by Hayashibara Biochemical Laboratories), compound 6 (1.70 g, 5.9 mmol: manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and methanol (200 ml) at 50 ° C. for 1.5 hours. After stirring, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting solid was washed with methanol / water = 1/2 to obtain Compound D10 (3.91 g, yield 95%).
(合成例11) (Synthesis Example 11)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 化合物20(5.41g、10mmol:林原生物化学研究所製)、化合物7(3.31g、10mmol、東京化成社製)、メタノール(200ml)の混合物を50℃で1.5時間撹拌した後、減圧濃縮し、得られた固体をメタノール/水=1/2で洗浄し、化合物D11(6.65g、収率94%)を得た。 After stirring a mixture of compound 20 (5.41 g, 10 mmol: manufactured by Hayashibara Biochemical Laboratories), compound 7 (3.31 g, 10 mmol, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and methanol (200 ml) at 50 ° C. for 1.5 hours, After concentration under reduced pressure, the obtained solid was washed with methanol / water = 1/2 to obtain Compound D11 (6.65 g, yield 94%).
[3]イオン化ポテンシャル及び電子親和力の測定
 前記合成した化合物に関して、HF/6-31G(D)の計算レベルで分子構造の最適化を行い、得られたHOMO及びLUMOのエネルギーを各々イオン化ポテンシャル及び電子親和力とした。
 測定した結果を表1に纏めた。
[3] Measurement of ionization potential and electron affinity For the synthesized compound, the molecular structure was optimized at the calculation level of HF / 6-31G (D), and the obtained HOMO and LUMO energies were respectively determined as ionization potential and electron. Affinity.
The measurement results are summarized in Table 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000074
※1:上記表1中、式(1)~(3)欄の○は、各々の式の範囲に「該当する」を意味し、×は、各々の式の範囲に「該当しない」を意味する。
※2:上記表1中、分子量の欄の○は、分子量150~600の範囲に「該当する」を意味し、×は分子量150~600の範囲に「該当しない」を意味する。
* 1: In Table 1 above, ○ in the columns of formulas (1) to (3) means “applicable” in the range of each formula, and × means “not applicable” in the range of each formula. To do.
* 2: In Table 1 above, ○ in the column of molecular weight means “applicable” in the range of molecular weight 150 to 600, and × means “not applicable” in the range of molecular weight 150 to 600.
 [4]着色樹脂組成物の調製(実施例1~6及び比較例1~3)
  表2に、実施例1~6、及び比較例1~3に用いた(A)染料を示す。
[4] Preparation of colored resin composition (Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3)
Table 2 shows the dye (A) used in Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000075
 上記各染料及びその他の成分を表3に記載の比率で混合して、着色樹脂組成物を調製した。混合に際しては、染料が十分に溶解するまで1時間以上攪拌し、最後に5μmの駒型フィルターによって濾過し、異物を取り除いた。 The above dyes and other components were mixed at the ratios shown in Table 3 to prepare a colored resin composition. In mixing, the mixture was stirred for 1 hour or more until the dye was sufficiently dissolved, and finally filtered through a 5 μm piece filter to remove foreign matters.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000076
 [5]分光特性及び耐熱性評価
 5cm角に切断したガラス基板上に、上記各着色樹脂組成物をスピンコート法により乾燥膜厚1.8μmとなるように塗布し、減圧乾燥させた後、ホットプレート上にて80℃3分間プリベークした。その後、60mJ/cmの露光量にて全面露光した後、分光光度計U-3310(日立製作所製)にて、分光透過率を測定し、xyz表色系における色度(C光源)及び輝度を算出した。結果をまとめて表4に示す。 
[5] Spectral characteristics and heat resistance evaluation Each colored resin composition is applied to a glass substrate cut into a 5 cm square so as to have a dry film thickness of 1.8 μm by spin coating, dried under reduced pressure, and then hot. Prebaked on the plate at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes. Then, after exposing the entire surface with an exposure amount of 60 mJ / cm 2 , the spectral transmittance was measured with a spectrophotometer U-3310 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), and the chromaticity (C light source) and luminance in the xyz color system Was calculated. The results are summarized in Table 4.
 続いて、上記基板について、クリーンオーブンにて230℃30分焼成した後、上記同様、分光透過率を測定し、焼成前の色度との色差(ΔE*ab)、即ち耐熱性を測定した結果を以下表4に示す。 Subsequently, after the substrate was baked at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes in the clean oven, the spectral transmittance was measured as described above, and the color difference (ΔE * ab) from the chromaticity before baking, that is, the heat resistance was measured. Is shown in Table 4 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000077
 表4に示すが如く、本発明の着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成された画素は、輝度の大幅な低下がなく、且つ耐熱性が飛躍的に向上している。 As shown in Table 4, the pixels formed using the colored resin composition of the present invention have no significant reduction in luminance and have dramatically improved heat resistance.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。本出願は2010年6月23日出願の日本特許出願(特願2010-142748)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。 Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. This application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on June 23, 2010 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2010-142748), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 10 透明支持基板
 50 透明陽極
 52 正孔輸送層
 53 発光層
 55 陰極
 100 有機EL素子
 20 青色画素
 30 有機保護層
 40 無機酸化膜
 500 有機発光体
 51 正孔注入層
 54 電子注入層
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 Transparent support substrate 50 Transparent anode 52 Hole transport layer 53 Light emitting layer 55 Cathode 100 Organic EL element 20 Blue pixel 30 Organic protective layer 40 Inorganic oxide film 500 Organic light emitter 51 Hole injection layer 54 Electron injection layer

Claims (18)

  1.  (A)染料、(B)溶剤及び(C)バインダー樹脂を含有し、
     (A)染料が、下記式(I)で表される化合物を含有する、着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (上記式(I)中、(Zm1-は、m1価のジスルホニルイミドアニオンを表す。
     m1は1~4の整数を表す。
     R~Rは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を表す。隣接するR~R同士が連結して環を形成してもよく、該環は、置換基を有していてもよい。
     R及びRは、水素原子、又は任意の置換基を表す。
     R及びRは、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
     また、上記式(I)中のベンゼン環は、更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
     R101及びR102は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
     R101とR102は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
     尚、一分子中に複数の下記式(I)CAで表されるカチオン
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    が含まれる場合、それらは同じ構造であっても、異なる構造であってもよい。)
    (A) a dye, (B) a solvent and (C) a binder resin,
    (A) A colored resin composition in which the dye contains a compound represented by the following formula (I).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In the above formula (I), (Z 1 ) m1- represents an m1-valent disulfonylimide anion.
    m1 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
    R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. Adjacent R 1 to R 6 may be connected to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
    R 7 and R 8 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent.
    R 7 and R 8 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
    Moreover, the benzene ring in the above formula (I) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
    R 101 and R 102 have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic ring group which may be substituted, or a fluorine atom.
    R 101 and R 102 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
    In addition, a plurality of cations represented by the following formula (I) CA in one molecule
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    May be the same structure or different structures. )
  2.  前記式(I)で表される化合物が、下記式(I-1)で表される化合物である、請求項1に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (上記式(I-1)中、R~R、R101及びR102は、前記式(I)における定義と同義である。
     上記式(I-1)中のベンゼン環は、更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
     R21及びR22は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基を表す。
     尚、R21及びR22は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。)
    The colored resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the compound represented by the formula (I) is a compound represented by the following formula (I-1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In the above formula (I-1), R 1 to R 8 , R 101 and R 102 have the same definitions as in the formula (I).
    The benzene ring in the above formula (I-1) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
    R 21 and R 22 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. And a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have
    R 21 and R 22 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. )
  3.  前記R21及びR22の少なくとも一つが、フッ素原子を含有する基である、請求項2に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to claim 2, wherein at least one of R 21 and R 22 is a group containing a fluorine atom.
  4.  (A)染料、(B)溶剤及び(C)バインダー樹脂を含有し、
     (A)染料が、下記式(II)で表される化合物を含有する、着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (上記式(II)中、(Zm2-は、m2価のジスルホニルイミドアニオンを表す。
     m2は1~4の整数を表す。
     R11~R16は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を示す。
     隣接するR11~R16同士が連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は、置換基を有していてもよい。
     R17及びR18は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は任意の置換基を表す。
     R17及びR18は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
     又、上記式(II)中のベンゼン環及びインドール環は更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
     尚、1分子中に複数の下記式(II)CAで表されるカチオン
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    が含まれる場合、それらは同じ構造であっても、異なる構造であってもよい。)
    (A) a dye, (B) a solvent and (C) a binder resin,
    (A) A colored resin composition in which the dye contains a compound represented by the following formula (II).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In the above formula (II), (Z 2 ) m2- represents an m2-valent disulfonylimide anion.
    m2 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
    R 11 to R 16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
    Adjacent R 11 to R 16 may be linked to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
    R 17 and R 18 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent.
    R 17 and R 18 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
    Moreover, the benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
    In addition, a plurality of cations represented by the following formula (II) CA in one molecule
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    May be the same structure or different structures. )
  5.  前記式(II)で表される化合物が、下記式(II-1)で表される化合物である、請求項4に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (上記式(II-1)中、R11~R18は、前記式(II)における定義と同様である。
     上記式(II-1)中のベンゼン環及びインドール環は、更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
     R31及びR32は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基を表す。
     尚、R31及びR32は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。)
    The colored resin composition according to claim 4, wherein the compound represented by the formula (II) is a compound represented by the following formula (II-1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (In the formula (II-1), R 11 to R 18 are the same as defined in the formula (II).
    The benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II-1) may further have an arbitrary substituent.
    R 31 and R 32 are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. And a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have
    R 31 and R 32 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. )
  6.  前記、R31及びR32の少なくとも一つが、フッ素原子を含有する基である、請求項5に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to claim 5, wherein at least one of R 31 and R 32 is a group containing a fluorine atom.
  7.  (A)染料、(B)溶剤及び(C)バインダー樹脂を含有し、
     (A)染料が、下記式(III)で表される化合物を含有する、着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (上記式(III)中、(Zm3-は、m3価のジスルホニルイミドアニオンを表す。
     m3は、1~4の整数を表す。
     qは、1~5の整数を表す。
     R501及びR502は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
     R51及びR52は、各々独立に、-O-、-S-、-N-、-Se-又は-CR503504-を表す。
     R503及びR504は、各々独立に,水素原子、又は炭素数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
     但し、R51及びR52が、-CR503504-である場合、R503同士が、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。 
     環Y及びYは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を表す。
     但し、環Y及びYにおけるベンゼン環及びナフタレン環は、置換基としてニトロ基及びパーフルオロ基を有さない。)
    (A) a dye, (B) a solvent and (C) a binder resin,
    (A) A colored resin composition in which the dye contains a compound represented by the following formula (III).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (In the above formula (III), (Z 3 ) m3- represents an m3-valent disulfonylimide anion.
    m3 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
    q represents an integer of 1 to 5.
    R 501 and R 502 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
    R 51 and R 52 each independently represents —O—, —S—, —N—, —Se— or —CR 503 R 504 —.
    R 503 and R 504 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
    However, when R 51 and R 52 are —CR 503 R 504 —, R 503 may be linked to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
    Rings Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an optionally substituted benzene ring or naphthalene ring.
    However, the benzene ring and naphthalene ring in the rings Y 1 and Y 2 do not have a nitro group or a perfluoro group as a substituent. )
  8.  前記式(III)で表される化合物が、更に下記式(III-1)で表される、請求項7に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (上記式(III-1)中、q、R51及びR52、R501及びR502、並びに環Y及びYは前記式(III)における定義と同義である。
     R41及びR42は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基を表す。
     尚、R41及びR42は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。)
    The colored resin composition according to claim 7, wherein the compound represented by the formula (III) is further represented by the following formula (III-1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (In the above formula (III-1), q, R 51 and R 52 , R 501 and R 502 , and rings Y 1 and Y 2 have the same definitions as in formula (III)).
    R 41 and R 42 each independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. And a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have
    R 41 and R 42 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. )
  9.  前記R41及びR42の少なくとも一つが、フッ素原子を含有する基である、請求項8に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to claim 8, wherein at least one of R 41 and R 42 is a group containing a fluorine atom.
  10.  (A)染料、(B)溶剤及び(C)バインダー樹脂を含有し、
     (A)染料が、カチオンとアニオンからなる対イオンを含有し、
     該アニオンの分子量が150以上、600以下で、且つ
     該対イオンが、下記式(1)~(3)の関係を満たす、着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000009
    (上記式中、
     IPcationは、前記カチオンのイオン化ポテンシャル(hartree)を表し、
     EAcationは、前記カチオンの電子親和力(hartree)を表し、
     IPanionは、前記アニオンのイオン化ポテンシャル(hartree)を表し、
     EAanionは、前記アニオンの電子親和力(hartree)を表す。)
    (A) a dye, (B) a solvent and (C) a binder resin,
    (A) the dye contains a counter ion composed of a cation and an anion,
    A colored resin composition, wherein the molecular weight of the anion is 150 or more and 600 or less, and the counter ion satisfies the relationship of the following formulas (1) to (3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000009
    (In the above formula,
    IP cation represents the ionization potential of the cation,
    EA cation represents the electron affinity of the cation,
    IP anion represents the ionization potential (hartree) of the anion,
    EA anion represents the electron affinity of the anion. )
  11.  前記カチオンが、下記式(I-2)CAで表される、請求項10に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (上記式(I-2)CA中、R61~R66は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を表す。
     隣接するR61~R66同士が連結して環を形成してもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
     R67及びR68は、水素原子、又は任意の置換基を表す。
     R67及びR68は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
     また、上記式(I-2)CA中のベンゼン環は、更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。
     R601及びR602は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
     R601とR602は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。)
    The colored resin composition according to claim 10, wherein the cation is represented by the following formula (I-2) CA.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (In the above formula (I-2) CA , R 61 to R 66 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic ring group which may be substituted.
    Adjacent R 61 to R 66 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
    R 67 and R 68 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent.
    R 67 and R 68 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
    Further, the benzene ring in the above formula (I-2) CA may further have an arbitrary substituent.
    R 601 and R 602 have a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic ring group which may be substituted, or a fluorine atom.
    R 601 and R 602 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. )
  12.  前記カチオンが、下記式(II-2)CAで表される、請求項10に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
    (上記式(II-2)CA中、R71~R76は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を表す。
     隣接するR71~R76同士が、連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
     R77及びR78は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は任意の置換基を表す。
     R77及びR88は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
     又、上記式(II-2)CA中のベンゼン環及びインドール環は更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。)
    The colored resin composition according to claim 10, wherein the cation is represented by the following formula (II-2) CA.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
    (In the above formula (II-2) CA , R 71 to R 76 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring which may have a substituent. Represents a group.
    Adjacent R 71 to R 76 may be linked to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
    R 77 and R 78 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent.
    R 77 and R 88 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
    Further, the benzene ring and indole ring in the above formula (II-2) CA may further have an arbitrary substituent. )
  13.  更に、(D)重合性モノマーを含有する、請求項1~12のいずれか一項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to any one of Claims 1 to 12, further comprising (D) a polymerizable monomer.
  14.  更に、(E)光重合開始成分及び熱重合開始成分のうち少なくとも1つを含有する、請求項1~13のいずれか一項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 13, further comprising (E) at least one of a photopolymerization initiation component and a thermal polymerization initiation component.
  15.  更に、(F)顔料を含有する、請求項1~14のいずれか一項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 14, further comprising (F) a pigment.
  16.  請求項1~15のいずれか一項に記載の着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成される画素を有する、カラーフィルタ。 A color filter having pixels formed using the colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 15.
  17.  請求項16に記載のカラーフィルタを有する、液晶表示装置。 A liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter according to claim 16.
  18.  請求項16に記載のカラーフィルタを有する、有機ELディスプレイ。
     
    An organic EL display comprising the color filter according to claim 16.
PCT/JP2011/064082 2010-06-23 2011-06-20 Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display WO2011162217A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020127022592A KR20130091629A (en) 2010-06-23 2011-06-20 Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display
JP2012521468A JP5915526B2 (en) 2010-06-23 2011-06-20 Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display
CN201180030503.8A CN102947733B (en) 2010-06-23 2011-06-20 Colored resin composition, colored filter, liquid crystal indicator and organic el display

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010-142748 2010-06-23
JP2010142748 2010-06-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011162217A1 true WO2011162217A1 (en) 2011-12-29

Family

ID=45371400

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2011/064082 WO2011162217A1 (en) 2010-06-23 2011-06-20 Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (2) JP5915526B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20130091629A (en)
CN (1) CN102947733B (en)
TW (1) TWI486404B (en)
WO (1) WO2011162217A1 (en)

Cited By (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012194466A (en) * 2011-03-17 2012-10-11 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Colored composition for color filter and color filter using the same, and display device
JP2012201694A (en) * 2011-03-23 2012-10-22 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Dye, colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device
WO2012144521A1 (en) * 2011-04-21 2012-10-26 大日本印刷株式会社 Colorant dispersion liquid, colored resin composition for use in color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
WO2012144520A1 (en) * 2011-04-21 2012-10-26 大日本印刷株式会社 Colorant and production method therefor
JP2013057052A (en) * 2011-04-21 2013-03-28 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Coloring material, and method for manufacturing the same
WO2013084932A1 (en) * 2011-12-09 2013-06-13 Jsr株式会社 Colorant, colored composition, color filter, and display element
JP2013173848A (en) * 2012-02-24 2013-09-05 Adeka Corp Colored alkali developable photosensitive resin composition
WO2013161616A1 (en) * 2012-04-23 2013-10-31 大日本印刷株式会社 Color material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid-crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
JP2014080584A (en) * 2012-09-28 2014-05-08 Jsr Corp Coloring composition, color filter and display element
WO2015080217A1 (en) * 2013-11-29 2015-06-04 三菱化学株式会社 Coloring resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device
JP2015125396A (en) * 2013-12-27 2015-07-06 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Color filter coloring composition, and color filter
JP2015127407A (en) * 2013-11-29 2015-07-09 三菱化学株式会社 Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device
JP2016006136A (en) * 2014-06-20 2016-01-14 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Compound and colored curable resin composition
JP2016014736A (en) * 2014-07-01 2016-01-28 三菱化学株式会社 Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device
JP2016075829A (en) * 2014-10-08 2016-05-12 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Color filter coloring composition and color filter
WO2017022708A1 (en) * 2015-08-06 2017-02-09 株式会社Adeka Thermally reactive composition
US9708244B2 (en) 2012-10-18 2017-07-18 Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. Coloring material and method for producing the same
JP2018522983A (en) * 2015-07-20 2018-08-16 イリドス リミテッド Colorant compound and colorant material containing the same

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6459477B2 (en) * 2013-12-25 2019-01-30 Jsr株式会社 Colored composition, colored cured film, and display element
KR102273344B1 (en) 2014-09-17 2021-07-06 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Display Device
KR101856051B1 (en) * 2015-10-14 2018-05-09 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin film using the same and color filter

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006006573A1 (en) * 2004-07-12 2006-01-19 Nippon Kayaku Kabushiki Kaisha Filter and cyanine compound
JP2006248180A (en) * 2005-03-14 2006-09-21 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Trimethine-based compound and optical recording medium using this
JP2007256717A (en) * 2006-03-24 2007-10-04 Adeka Corp Optical filter
WO2008038569A1 (en) * 2006-09-28 2008-04-03 Kabushiki Kaisha Hayashibara Seibutsu Kagaku Kenkyujo Optical filter
JP2009052020A (en) * 2007-07-27 2009-03-12 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Pigment dispersion, coloring composition for use in color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display unit, and organic el display
JP2009244835A (en) * 2008-03-13 2009-10-22 Fujifilm Corp Negative type photosensitive material, and negative type planographic printing plate original plate
WO2010073857A1 (en) * 2008-12-25 2010-07-01 株式会社Adeka Near-infrared-ray absorbing material containing cyanine compound, and cyanine compound
JP2011070172A (en) * 2009-08-26 2011-04-07 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Colored resin composition for color filter, the color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5541235A (en) * 1995-03-06 1996-07-30 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Organic soluble cationic dyes with fluorinated alkylsulfonyl counterions
US7094812B2 (en) * 2003-04-24 2006-08-22 Xerox Corporations Colorant compositions
ATE531767T1 (en) * 2003-08-21 2011-11-15 Merck Patent Gmbh CYANOBORATE DYES
JP5004506B2 (en) * 2005-06-24 2012-08-22 株式会社Adeka Optical filter
JP2008304766A (en) * 2007-06-08 2008-12-18 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, organic el display and liquid crystal display device
CN101541898B (en) * 2007-06-21 2013-05-01 三菱化学株式会社 Pigment dispersion, coloring composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display and organic EL display
CN101960337B (en) * 2008-02-27 2013-01-09 三菱化学株式会社 Coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, organic EL display and liquid crystal display
JP5509553B2 (en) * 2008-08-07 2014-06-04 三菱化学株式会社 Pigment dispersion, coloring composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display
CN102300938A (en) * 2009-04-24 2011-12-28 日本化药株式会社 Novel triarylmethane compound
JP5625553B2 (en) * 2009-11-30 2014-11-19 大日本印刷株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, color filter using the same, and display device
JP5629510B2 (en) * 2009-11-30 2014-11-19 大日本印刷株式会社 Triarylmethane dye
JP5772122B2 (en) * 2011-03-23 2015-09-02 三菱化学株式会社 Dye, colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006006573A1 (en) * 2004-07-12 2006-01-19 Nippon Kayaku Kabushiki Kaisha Filter and cyanine compound
JP2006248180A (en) * 2005-03-14 2006-09-21 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Trimethine-based compound and optical recording medium using this
JP2007256717A (en) * 2006-03-24 2007-10-04 Adeka Corp Optical filter
WO2008038569A1 (en) * 2006-09-28 2008-04-03 Kabushiki Kaisha Hayashibara Seibutsu Kagaku Kenkyujo Optical filter
JP2009052020A (en) * 2007-07-27 2009-03-12 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Pigment dispersion, coloring composition for use in color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display unit, and organic el display
JP2009244835A (en) * 2008-03-13 2009-10-22 Fujifilm Corp Negative type photosensitive material, and negative type planographic printing plate original plate
WO2010073857A1 (en) * 2008-12-25 2010-07-01 株式会社Adeka Near-infrared-ray absorbing material containing cyanine compound, and cyanine compound
JP2011070172A (en) * 2009-08-26 2011-04-07 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Colored resin composition for color filter, the color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display

Cited By (32)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012194466A (en) * 2011-03-17 2012-10-11 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Colored composition for color filter and color filter using the same, and display device
JP2012201694A (en) * 2011-03-23 2012-10-22 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Dye, colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device
JP2013057053A (en) * 2011-04-21 2013-03-28 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Coloring material dispersion liquid, coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display, and organic light emitting display
WO2012144520A1 (en) * 2011-04-21 2012-10-26 大日本印刷株式会社 Colorant and production method therefor
JP2013057052A (en) * 2011-04-21 2013-03-28 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Coloring material, and method for manufacturing the same
JP2013057054A (en) * 2011-04-21 2013-03-28 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Coloring material, and method for manufacturing the same
US9005722B2 (en) 2011-04-21 2015-04-14 Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. Color material dispersion liquid, color resin composition for color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light-emitting display device
TWI406909B (en) * 2011-04-21 2013-09-01 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Color material dispersion liquid, color resin composition for color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light-emitting display device
US9588256B2 (en) 2011-04-21 2017-03-07 Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. Color material dispersion liquid, color resin composition for color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light-emitting display device
KR101345481B1 (en) 2011-04-21 2013-12-27 다이니폰 인사츠 가부시키가이샤 Colorant dispersion liquid, colored resin composition for use in color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
KR101352297B1 (en) 2011-04-21 2014-01-15 야마모토카세이 카부시키카이샤 Colorant and production method therefor
WO2012144521A1 (en) * 2011-04-21 2012-10-26 大日本印刷株式会社 Colorant dispersion liquid, colored resin composition for use in color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
US9266905B2 (en) 2011-04-21 2016-02-23 Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. Color material and method for producing the same
WO2013084932A1 (en) * 2011-12-09 2013-06-13 Jsr株式会社 Colorant, colored composition, color filter, and display element
JP2013173848A (en) * 2012-02-24 2013-09-05 Adeka Corp Colored alkali developable photosensitive resin composition
CN104246548B (en) * 2012-04-23 2016-08-17 大日本印刷株式会社 Colored filter color material dispersion liquid, colored filter colored resin composition, colored filter and liquid crystal indicator and organic light-emitting display device
CN104246548A (en) * 2012-04-23 2014-12-24 大日本印刷株式会社 Color material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid-crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
WO2013161616A1 (en) * 2012-04-23 2013-10-31 大日本印刷株式会社 Color material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid-crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
US9513418B2 (en) 2012-04-23 2016-12-06 Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. Color material dispersion liquid, color resin composition for color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
US9354367B2 (en) 2012-04-23 2016-05-31 Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. Color material dispersion liquid, color resin composition for color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
JP2014080584A (en) * 2012-09-28 2014-05-08 Jsr Corp Coloring composition, color filter and display element
US9708244B2 (en) 2012-10-18 2017-07-18 Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. Coloring material and method for producing the same
JP2015127407A (en) * 2013-11-29 2015-07-09 三菱化学株式会社 Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device
WO2015080217A1 (en) * 2013-11-29 2015-06-04 三菱化学株式会社 Coloring resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device
JP2015125396A (en) * 2013-12-27 2015-07-06 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Color filter coloring composition, and color filter
JP2016006136A (en) * 2014-06-20 2016-01-14 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Compound and colored curable resin composition
JP2016014736A (en) * 2014-07-01 2016-01-28 三菱化学株式会社 Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device
JP2016075829A (en) * 2014-10-08 2016-05-12 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Color filter coloring composition and color filter
JP2018522983A (en) * 2015-07-20 2018-08-16 イリドス リミテッド Colorant compound and colorant material containing the same
JP2021091904A (en) * 2015-07-20 2021-06-17 イリドス リミテッド Colorant compound and colorant material comprising the same
WO2017022708A1 (en) * 2015-08-06 2017-02-09 株式会社Adeka Thermally reactive composition
JPWO2017022708A1 (en) * 2015-08-06 2018-05-24 株式会社Adeka Thermally reactive composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN102947733A (en) 2013-02-27
TWI486404B (en) 2015-06-01
KR20130091629A (en) 2013-08-19
JP6187627B2 (en) 2017-08-30
TW201300468A (en) 2013-01-01
JP2016176076A (en) 2016-10-06
JPWO2011162217A1 (en) 2013-08-22
JP5915526B2 (en) 2016-05-11
CN102947733B (en) 2016-06-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6187627B2 (en) dye
JP5772122B2 (en) Dye, colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device
JP6168048B2 (en) Triarylmethane compound, colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device
JP5544725B2 (en) Colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, organic EL display and liquid crystal display device
WO2009107734A1 (en) Coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, organic el display and liquid crystal display
JP5942368B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device
WO2018052022A1 (en) Coloring resin composition, cured product and image display device
JP5857621B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device
JP2019113732A (en) Coloring resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP5741145B2 (en) Coloring composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device
JP5842481B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device
JP2019159169A (en) Coloring resin composition, color filter and image display device
JP7207173B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP5919688B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device
JP2013129706A (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display
JP7180545B2 (en) Coloring composition for color filter and photosensitive colored resin composition
JP5962113B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device
JP5803632B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device
JP2013041156A (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device
JP6206548B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device
WO2023063336A1 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP7449642B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP2013064040A (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device
JP7124406B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
WO2022065490A1 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, organic electroluminescent element, and image display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201180030503.8

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11798101

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20127022592

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012521468

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11798101

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1